NewzIntel.com

    • Checkout Page
    • Contact Us
    • Default Redirect Page
    • Frontpage
    • Home-2
    • Home-3
    • Lost Password
    • Member Login
    • Member LogOut
    • Member TOS Page
    • My Account
    • NewzIntel Alert Control-Panel
    • NewzIntel Latest Reports
    • Post Views Counter
    • Privacy Policy
    • Public Individual Page
    • Register
    • Subscription Plan
    • Thank You Page

Category: Banking

  • MIL-OSI: Pacific Financial Corp Earns $2.4 Million, or $0.24 per Diluted Share for First Quarter 2025; Board of Directors Approves 5% Stock Buyback Plan; Declares Quarterly Cash Dividend of $0.14 per Share

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ABERDEEN, Wash., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Pacific Financial Corporation (OTCQX: PFLC), (“Pacific Financial”) or the (“Company”), the holding company for Bank of the Pacific (the “Bank”), reported net income of $2.4 million, or $0.24 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $2.2 million, or $0.21 per diluted share for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $2.7 million, or $0.26 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2024. Current quarter net income includes a provision for credit losses of $83,000, compared to the recapture of $103,000 from the allowance for credit losses for the fourth quarter of 2024, and a provision for credit losses of $33,000 for the first quarter of 2024. Except for year-end December 31, 2024 financials, all results are unaudited.

    The Board of Directors of Pacific Financial declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.14 per share on April 23, 2025. The dividend will be payable on May 23, 2025 to shareholders of record on May 9, 2025. Additionally, the Board of Directors has authorized an additional $5.3 million toward future stock repurchases, or approximately 5.0% of total shares outstanding.

    “We are pleased with our first quarter results; operating earnings were solid and benefitted from strong core deposit growth, margin expansion and a lower cost of deposits as well as the closure of the residential mortgage division in late 2024. During the quarter, we saw good progress with our deposit growth initiative with core deposit growth of $61.2 million or 7%. We continue to benefit from our strong core deposit base, with non-interest bearing accounts representing 36% of total deposits. The expansion in our net interest margin was fueled by higher rates on loan production and on investment purchases, as well as a declining cost of funds. Cost of funds declined 7 basis points to 1.10%, despite continued rate pressure. Demand for lending continues to be tempered by the current level of interest rates and economic uncertainty.” said Denise Portmann, President and Chief Executive Officer.

    “Our business model and strategies continue to be built on a culture of relationship banking with a strong foundation of sound credit quality lending standards. At quarter-end, our asset quality metrics remained strong, allowance for credit loss levels were solid and capital levels also remained strong. We believe the combination of our strong balance sheet, and prudent risk management will allow us to achieve sustainable growth and continue delivering results that benefit our stakeholders for the long term,” said Portmann.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights:

    • Return on average assets (“ROAA”) improved to 0.81%, compared to 0.74% for the fourth quarter 2024, and decreased from 0.95% for the first quarter 2024.
    • Return on average equity (“ROAE”) was 8.48%, compared to 7.27% from the preceding quarter, and 9.32% from the first quarter a year earlier.
    • Net interest income was $11.3 million, compared to $10.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $11.4 million for the first quarter of 2024.
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased to 4.12%, compared to 3.99% from the preceding quarter, and 4.38% for the first quarter a year ago.
    • Provision for credit losses was $83,000 for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to a recapture of $103,000 for the preceding quarter and a provision of $33,000 in the first quarter a year ago.
    • Gross portfolio loan balances increased to $707.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $704.9 million at December 31, 2024, and increased 2%, or $12.8 million from $694.2 million one year earlier.
    • Total deposits increased $59.9 million, or 6%, to $1.07 billion at March 31, 2025 compared to the previous quarter and increased $78.9 million, or 8%, from one year earlier. Non-interest bearing deposits represent 36% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, and support a lower cost core deposits portfolio. Core deposits were 88% of total deposits at March 31, 2025.
    • Non-performing assets to total assets ratio remained low at 0.10%, or $1.2 million for the current quarter end and were 0.09% and $1.1 million three months earlier. Substandard loans decreased $41,000 to $2.7 million at March 31, 2025 and special mention assets declined $680,000 to $10.1 million at March 31, 2025.
    • Shareholder equity increased $3.1 million during the quarter largely due to net income and lower accumulated other comprehensive loss marks on the investment portfolio, offset by stock repurchases and dividend payments. Tangible book value per share was $10.33 at March 31, 2025, an increase from $9.80 at March 31, 2024.
    • Pacific Financial and Bank of the Pacific continue to exceed regulatory well-capitalized requirements. At March 31, 2025, Pacific Financial’s estimated leverage ratio was 10.9% and its estimated total risk-based capital ratio was 17.4%.

    Balance Sheet Review

    Total assets increased to $1.22 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.15 billion at December 31, 2024, and $1.13 billion one year earlier.

    Cash and cash equivalents increased $63.7 million to $143.8 million at March 31, 2025 from $80.2 million at December 31, 2024 and $91.3 million one year earlier. The increase largely relates to deposit growth during the first quarter.

    Liquidity metrics continue to be strong and are managed to ensure adequate funding resources are available to meet customer demand. At March 31, 2025, the Company’s on and off-balance sheet sources totaled $549.7 million. This represents a coverage ratio of short-term funds available to uninsured and uncollateralized deposits of 212%. Included in available sources are collateralized credit lines the Company has established with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, as well as unsecured borrowing lines from various correspondent banks. There were no balance outstanding on any of these facilities at quarter-end. Uninsured or uncollateralized deposits were 24% of total deposits at March 31, 2025.

    Investment securities increased $0.9 million to $305.4 million, compared to $304.5 million at December 31, 2024 and increased $16.9 million compared to the like period a year ago. The largest investment category was collateralized mortgage obligations which accounted for 51% of the investment portfolio at March 31, 2025, compared to 48% at December 31, 2024 and 45% one year earlier. The yield on the investment portfolio increased 15 basis points during the current quarter to 3.60% from 3.45% for both the prior quarter and the first quarter a year ago. During the quarter, the bank implemented a $9.0 million restructure with a loss of $165,000; improving yields by over 200 basis points on those investment funds. The adjusted duration of the portfolio was 4.31 years at March 31, 2025 compared to 4.35 years at March 31, 2024.

    Gross loans balances increased $2.1 million, to $707.0 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $704.9 million at December 31, 2024. During the first quarter of 2025, growth in new owner-occupied commercial real estate and multi-family loans more than offset the decline in commercial & agriculture, construction & development and residential 1-4 family loans. Year-over-year loan growth was 2%, or $12.8 million, with the largest increases in multi-family loans and owner-occupied commercial real estate increasing $17.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively. Loans classified as commercial real estate for regulatory concentration purposes totaled $263.4 million at March 31, 2025, or 189% of total risk-based capital.

    The Company continues to manage concentration limits that establish maximum exposure levels by certain industry segments, loan product types, geography and single borrower limits. In addition, the loan portfolio continues to be well-diversified and is collateralized with assets predominantly within the Company’s Western Washington and Oregon markets.

    Credit quality: Nonperforming assets remain minimal at $1.2 million, or 0.10% of total assets at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.1 million, or 0.09% at December 31, 2024. Accruing loans past due more than 30 days represent only 0.04% of total loans. Total loans designated as special mention decreased to $10.1 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $10.8 million at December 31, 2024. The Company has zero other real estate owned as of March 31, 2025.

    Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) remained at $8.9 million, or 1.26% of gross loans at March 31, 2025. A provision for credit losses of $83,000 was recorded in the current quarter resulting from $75,000 in net charge-offs and loan growth. This compares to a recapture for credit losses of $103,000 in the fourth quarter of 2024 and a provision for credit losses of $33,000 for the first quarter one year earlier.  

    Total deposits increased to $1.07 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.01 billion the prior quarter and $995.8 million one year earlier. The company’s strong core deposit base continues to positively impact the Bank’s net interest margin and operating results. Non-interest bearing deposits continued to remain the largest category of deposits and represented 36% of deposits at March 31, 2025. Additionally, interest-bearing demand and money market deposits represented 23% and 18% of total deposits, respectively, at March 31, 2025, and CDs as a percentage of deposits declined during the quarter, after increasing since fourth quarter 2022. CD balances were 12% of total deposits for the current quarter compared to 13% at the prior quarter.

    Shareholders’ equity was $116.9 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $113.9 million at December 31, 2024, and $114.7 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in shareholders’ equity during the current quarter was primarily due to net income and a decrease in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities with dividend payments and stock repurchases partially offsetting those increases. Net unrealized losses (after-tax) included in shareholders’ equity on available-for-sale securities were $14.2 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $17.5 million at December 31, 2024 and $16.6 million at March 31, 2024. During the quarter, the Company completed its repurchase of shares under the stock repurchase plan announced in October 2024.

    Book value per common share was $11.67 at March 31, 2025, compared to $11.26 at December 31, 2024, and $11.10 at March 31, 2024. The Company’s tangible common equity ratio declined to 8.6% at March 31, 2025 relative to 8.8% the prior quarter and 9.0% at March 31, 2024. Regulatory capital ratios of both the Company and the Bank continue to exceed the well-capitalized regulatory thresholds, with the Company’s leverage ratio at 10.9% and total risk-based capital ratio at 17.4% as of March 31, 2025. These regulatory capital ratios are estimates, pending completion and filing of regulatory reports.

    Income Statement Review

    Net interest income increased $439,000 to $11.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, and decreased $111,000 compared to $11.4 million for the first quarter a year ago. The change in the current quarter compared to the preceding quarter reflects the impact of higher loan and investment yields, lower deposit and borrowing costs as well as growth in total interest earning assets resulting from core deposit growth during the quarter. The decrease in net interest income compared to the year ago quarter primarily reflects a rise in funding costs and a decrease in yields on interest-bearing cash as the FOMC decreased the federal funds rate 100 basis points in 2024.

    The Bank’s net interest margin improved to 4.12% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 from 3.99% the prior quarter and declined from 4.38% one year earlier. The increase from the prior quarter resulted from both a 7 basis points decrease in costs of funds combined with a 13 basis point increase in loan yields and a 15 basis point increase in investment yields which was partially offset by a 34 basis point decrease in yields on interest-earning cash balances. Loan yields improved as longer term fixed and variable rate loans (originated in a lower rate environment) were renewed at higher rates. In addition, average loan yields on new originations were at higher yields than the current loan portfolio yield. Investment yields improved partially due to $32.3 million of investment purchases at higher yields over the last 6 months including a $9.0 million restructure that replaced lower yielding investments with higher yielding investments. The Bank continues to actively monitor and manage its costs of funds and even in a competitive environment was able to decrease rates on specific deposit categories during the first quarter. In addition, the high percentage of non-interest bearing deposits at 36% continues to help reduce volatility in deposit costs.

    Noninterest income decreased to $1.2 million for the current quarter, compared to $1.8 million for the linked quarter and $1.4 million a year earlier. The decrease compared to the linked quarter was primarily due to a loss on the sale of investment securities of $165,000 during the current quarter and a reduction in gain on sale of loans compared to the prior quarter as a result of closing the mortgage division during late 2024. In addition, a death benefit from a bank-owned life insurance policy realized in the fourth quarter of 2024 also contributed to the variance.   Fee and service charge income decreased in the first quarter of 2025 to $1.1 million compared to $1.3 million in the previous quarter and $1.1 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    Noninterest expenses decreased to $9.4 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $10.1 million for the prior quarter and $9.5 million for the first quarter of 2024. The decrease from the prior quarter was primarily related to reductions in mortgage lending salary and employee benefit costs and other mortgage lending costs resulting from the closure of the mortgage division in late 2024. The prior quarter included $773,000 in costs associated with severance and retention payments, lease termination costs and software contract termination expenses related to closing the mortgage division and $602,000 in other mortgage division costs.

    The company’s efficiency ratio decreased to 75.86% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 79.80% in the preceding quarter and increased from 74.21% in the same quarter a year ago.

    Income tax expense: Federal and Oregon state income tax expenses totaled $544,000 for the current quarter, and $492,000 for the preceding quarter, resulting in effective tax rates of 18.6% and 18.5%, respectively. These income tax expenses reflect the benefits of tax exempt income on tax-exempt loans and investments, affordable housing tax credit financing, and investments in bank-owned life insurance.

    FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    (In 000s, except per share data)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Earnings Ratios & Data                          
    Net Income $ 2,377   $ 2,162   $ 2,650     $ 215   10 % $ (273 ) -10 %
    Return on average assets   0.81%     0.74%     0.95%       0.07%       -0.14 %  
    Return on average equity   8.48%     7.27%     9.32%       1.21%       -0.84 %  
    Efficiency ratio (1)   75.86%     79.80%     74.21%       -3.94 %     1.65 %  
    Net-interest margin %(2)   4.12%     3.99%     4.38%       0.13%       -0.26 %  
                               
    Share Ratios & Data                          
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.24   $ 0.21   $ 0.26     $ 0.03   14 % $ (0.02 ) -8 %
    Diluted earning per share $ 0.24   $ 0.21   $ 0.26     $ 0.03   14 % $ (0.02 ) -8 %
    Book value per share(3) $ 11.67   $ 11.26   $ 11.10     $ 0.41   4 % $ 0.57   5 %
    Tangible book value per share(4) $ 10.33   $ 9.93   $ 9.80     $ 0.40   4 % $ 0.53   5 %
    Common shares outstanding   10,020     10,110     10,336       (90 ) -1 %   (316 ) -3 %
    PFLC stock price $ 10.90   $ 12.45   $ 10.15     $ (1.55 ) -12 % $ 0.75   7 %
    Dividends paid per share $ 0.14   $ 0.14   $ 0.14     $ –   0 % $ –   0 %
                               
    Balance Sheet Data                          
    Assets $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %
    Portfolio Loans $ 707,034   $ 704,865   $ 694,229     $ 2,169   0 % $ 12,805   2 %
    Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %
    Investments $ 305,377   $ 304,502   $ 288,439     $ 875   0 % $ 16,938   6 %
    Shareholders equity $ 116,949   $ 113,856   $ 114,725     $ 3,093   3 % $ 2,224   2 %
                               
    Liquidity Ratios                          
    Short-term funding to uninsured                          
    and uncollateralized deposits   212%     217%     251%       -5 %     -39 %  
    Uninsured and uncollateralized                          
    deposits to total deposits   24%     25%     22%       -1 %     2 %  
    Portfolio loans to deposits ratio   66%     69%     69%       -3 %     -3 %  
                               
    Asset Quality Ratios                          
    Non-performing assets to assets   0.10%     0.09%     0.13%       0.01%       -0.03 %  
    Non-accrual loans to portfolio loans   0.17%     0.16%     0.22%       0.01%       -0.05 %  
    Loan losses to avg portfolio loans   0.04%     -0.04 %   0.02%       0.08%       0.02 %  
    ACL to portfolio loans   1.26%     1.26%     1.24%       0.00%       0.02 %  
                               
    Capital Ratios (PFC)                          
    Total risk-based capital ratio   17.4%     17.5%     17.6%       -0.1 %     -0.2 %  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   16.3%     16.3%     16.5%       0.0%       -0.2 %  
    Common equity tier 1 ratio   14.7%     14.7%     14.8%       0.0%       -0.1 %  
    Leverage ratio   10.9%     11.3%     11.6%       -0.4 %     -0.7 %  
    Tangible common equity ratio   8.6%     8.8%     9.0%       -0.2 %     -0.4 %  
                               
    (1) Non-interest expense divided by net interest income plus noninterest income.
    (2) Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a rate of 21%.
    (3) Book value per share is calculated as the total common shareholders’ equity divided by the period ending number of common stock shares outstanding.
    (4) Tangible book value per share is calculated as the total common shareholders’ equity less total intangible assets and liabilities, divided by the period ending number of common stock shares outstanding.
                               
                               
    INCOME STATEMENT (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Interest Income                          
    Loan interest & fee income $ 10,304   $ 10,340   $ 10,224     $ (36 ) 0 % $ 80   1 %
    Interest earning cash income   1,208     942     935       266   28 %   273   29 %
    Investment income   2,678     2,590     2,475       88   3 %   203   8 %
    Interest Income   14,190     13,872     13,634       318   2 %   556   4 %
                               
    Interest Expense                          
    Deposits interest expense   2,694     2,796     1,991       (102 ) -4 %   703   35 %
    Other borrowings interest expense   206     225     242       (19 ) -8 %   (36 ) -15 %
    Interest Expense   2,900     3,021     2,233       (121 ) -4 %   667   30 %
    Net Interest Income   11,290     10,851     11,401       439   4 %   (111 ) -1 %
    Provision(recapture) for credit losses   83     (103 )   33       186   -181 %   50   152 %
    Net Interest Income after provision   11,207     10,954     11,368       253   2 %   (161 ) -1 %
                               
    Non-Interest Income                          
    Fees and service charges   1,117     1,267     1,101       (150 ) -12 %   16   1 %
    Gain on sale of investments, net   (165 )   –     –       (165 ) -100 %   (165 ) -100 %
    Gain on sale of loans, net   (2 )   267     152       (269 ) -101 %   (154 ) -101 %
    Income on bank-owned insurance   191     250     180       (59 ) -24 %   11   6 %
    Other non-interest income   12     (9 )   11       21   -233 %   1   9 %
    Non-Interest Income   1,153     1,775     1,444       (622 ) -35 %   (291 ) -20 %
                               
    Non-Interest Expense                          
    Salaries and employee benefits   5,969     6,288     5,994       (319 ) -5 %   (25 ) 0 %
    Occupancy   592     768     641       (176 ) -23 %   (49 ) -8 %
    Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment   302     289     284       13   4 %   18   6 %
    Marketing & donations   153     149     154       4   3 %   (1 ) -1 %
    Professional services   299     267     336       32   12 %   (37 ) -11 %
    Data Processing & IT   1,218     1,380     1,191       (162 ) -12 %   27   2 %
    Other   906     934     933       (28 ) -3 %   (27 ) -3 %
    Non-Interest Expense   9,439     10,075     9,533       (636 ) -6 %   (94 ) -1 %
    Income before income taxes   2,921     2,654     3,279       267   10 %   (358 ) -11 %
    Provision for income taxes   544     492     629       52   11 %   (85 ) -14 %
    Net Income $ 2,377   $ 2,162   $ 2,650     $ 215   10 %   (273 ) -10 %
                               
    Effective tax rate   18.6%     18.5%     19.2%       0.1%       -0.6 %  
    BALANCE SHEET (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
    ($ in 000s)    
                                       
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024       $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Assets                                  
    Cash on hand and in banks $ 18,975   $ 18,136   $ 15,597     $ 839   5 % $ 3,378   22 %   2 % 2 % 1 %
    Interest earning deposits   124,854     62,015     75,705       62,839   101 %   49,149   65 %   10 % 5 % 7 %
    Investment securities   305,377     304,502     288,439       875   0 %   16,938   6 %   25 % 26 % 25 %
    Loans held-for-sale   –     –     –       –   -100 %   –   -100 %   0 % 0 % 0 %
    Portfolio Loans, net of deferred fees   706,439     704,248     693,461       2,191   0 %   12,978   2 %   58 % 61 % 61 %
    Allowance for credit losses   (8,890 )   (8,851 )   (8,580 )     (39 ) 0 %   (310 ) 4 %   -1 % -1 % -1 %
    Net loans   697,549     695,397     684,881       2,152   0 %   12,668   2 %   57 % 60 % 60 %
    Premises & equipment   16,702     16,952     15,283       (250 ) -1 %   1,419   9 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Goodwill & Other Intangibles   13,435     13,435     13,435       –   0 %   –   0 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Bank-owned life Insurance   28,204     28,333     27,678       (129 ) 0 %   526   2 %   2 % 2 % 2 %
    Other assets   13,873     14,793     13,568       (920 ) -6 %   305   2 %   2 % 3 % 3 %
    Total Assets $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity                                  
    Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   88 % 88 % 88 %
    Borrowings   13,403     13,403     13,403       –   0 %   –   0 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Other liabilities   13,971     11,573     10,702       2,398   21 %   3,269   31 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Shareholders’ equity   116,949     113,856     114,725       3,093   3 %   2,224   2 %   10 % 10 % 10 %
    Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity $ 1,218,969   $ 1,153,563   $ 1,134,586     $ 65,406   6 % $ 84,383   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
                                       
    INVESTMENT COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Investment Securities                                  
    Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 156,105   $ 147,262   $ 129,213     $ 8,843   6 % $ 26,892   21 %   51 % 48 % 45 %
    Mortgage backed securities   40,396     46,112     37,753       (5,716 ) -12 %   2,643   7 %   13 % 15 % 13 %
    U.S. Government and agency securities 68,392     67,716     77,826       676   1 %   (9,434 ) -12 %   22 % 22 % 27 %
    Municipal securities   40,484     43,412     43,647       (2,928 ) -7 %   (3,163 ) -7 %   14 % 15 % 15 %
    Investment Securities $ 305,377   $ 304,502   $ 288,439     $ 875   0 % $ 16,938   6 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Held to maturity securities $ 40,718   $ 41,442   $ 49,132     $ (724 ) -2 % $ (8,414 ) -17 %   13 % 14 % 17 %
    Available for sale securities $ 264,659   $ 263,060   $ 239,307     $ 1,599   1 % $ 25,352   11 %   87 % 86 % 83 %
                                       
    Government & Agency securities $ 264,866   $ 261,063   $ 244,762     $ 3,803   1 % $ 20,104   8 %   87 % 86 % 85 %
    AAA, AA, A rated securities $ 39,822   $ 42,773   $ 43,008     $ (2,951 ) -7 % $ (3,186 ) -7 %   13 % 14 % 15 %
    Non-rated securities $ 689   $ 666   $ 669     $ 23   3 % $ 20   3 %   0 % 0 % 0 %
                                       
    AFS Unrealized Gain (Loss) $ (18,284 ) $ (22,437 ) $ (21,464 )   $ 4,153   -19 % $ 3,180   -15 %   -6 % -7 % -7 %
                                       
                                       
    LIQUIDITY (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Deposits
    ($ in 000s)    
                                       
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Short-term Funding                                  
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 129,616   $ 67,951   $ 80,052     $ 61,665   91 % $ 49,564   62 %   12 % 7 % 8 %
    Unencumbered AFS Securities   104,237     158,472     139,144       (54,235 ) -34 %   (34,907 ) -25 %   10 % 16 % 14 %
    Secured lines of Credit (FHLB, FRB)   315,876     324,187     337,553       (8,311 ) -3 %   (21,677 ) -6 %   29 % 32 % 34 %
    Short-term Funding $ 549,729   $ 550,610   $ 556,749     $ (881 ) 0 % $ (7,020 ) -1 %   51 % 54 % 56 %
                                       
                                       
    PORTFOLIO LOAN COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Portfolio Loans                                  
    Commercial & agriculture $ 70,209   $ 75,240   $ 71,320     $ (5,031 ) -7 % $ (1,111 ) -2 %   10 % 11 % 10 %
    Real estate:                                  
    Construction and development   34,669     42,725     51,978       (8,056 ) -19 %   (17,309 ) -33 %   5 % 6 % 7 %
    Residential 1-4 family   101,810     103,489     99,808       (1,679 ) -2 %   2,002   2 %   14 % 15 % 14 %
    Multi-family   72,313     68,978     54,430       3,335   5 %   17,883   33 %   10 % 10 % 8 %
    CRE — owner occupied   176,850     165,120     167,631       11,730   7 %   9,219   5 %   25 % 23 % 24 %
    CRE — non owner occupied   160,022     159,582     157,322       440   0 %   2,700   2 %   23 % 23 % 23 %
    Farmland   27,411     26,864     26,752       547   2 %   659   2 %   4 % 4 % 4 %
    Consumer   63,750     62,867     64,988       883   1 %   (1,238 ) -2 %   9 % 8 % 10 %
    Portfolio Loans   707,034     704,865     694,229       2,169   0 %   12,805   2 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
    Less: ACL   (8,890 )   (8,851 )   (8,580 )                      
    Less: deferred fees   (595 )   (617 )   (768 )                      
    Net loans $ 697,549   $ 695,397   $ 684,881                        
                                       
    Regulatory Commercial Real Estate $ 263,424   $ 267,857   $ 261,155     $ (4,433 ) -2 % $ 2,269   1 %   37 % 38 % 38 %
    Total Risk Based Capital(1) $ 139,133   $ 139,458   $ 139,255     $ (325 ) 0 % $ (122 ) 0 %        
    CRE to Risk Based Capital(1)   189%     192%     188%         -3 %     1 %        
                                       
                                       
    CRE–MULTI-FAMILY & NON OWNER OCCUPIED COMPOSITION (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Collateral Composition(2)                                  
    Multifamily $ 76,421   $ 73,575   $ 61,085     $ 2,846   4 % $ 15,336   25 %   31 % 30 % 27 %
    Retail   36,616     36,813     36,192       (197 ) -1 %   424   1 %   15 % 15 % 16 %
    Hospitality   31,772     31,369     32,468       403   1 %   (696 ) -2 %   13 % 13 % 14 %
    Office   23,975     23,921     23,730       54   0 %   245   1 %   10 % 10 % 10 %
    Mixed Use   22,706     22,662     22,204       44   0 %   502   2 %   9 % 9 % 10 %
    Mini Storage   22,654     25,028     23,438       (2,374 ) -9 %   (784 ) -3 %   9 % 10 % 10 %
    Industrial   15,230     14,723     13,348       507   3 %   1,882   14 %   6 % 6 % 6 %
    Warehouse   8,146     7,531     7,483       615   8 %   663   9 %   3 % 3 % 3 %
    Special Purpose   6,874     6,921     7,058       (47 ) -1 %   (184 ) -3 %   3 % 3 % 3 %
    Other   2,648     3,155     3,259       (507 ) -16 %   (611 ) -19 %   1 % 1 % 1 %
    Total $ 247,042   $ 245,698   $ 230,265     $ 1,344   1 % $ 16,777   7 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    (1) Bank of the Pacific
    (2) Includes loans in process of construction
                                       
                                       
    CREDIT QUALITY (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
           
             
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024        
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %        
    Risk Rating Distribution                                  
    Pass $ 694,240   $ 691,350   $ 684,779     $ 2,890   0 % $ 9,461   1 %        
    Special Mention   10,131     10,811     4,771       (680 ) -6 %   5,360   112 %        
    Substandard   2,663     2,704     4,679       (41 ) -2 %   (2,016 ) -43 %        
    Portfolio Loans $ 707,034   $ 704,865   $ 694,229     $ 2,169   0 % $ 12,805   2 %        
                                       
    Nonperforming Assets                                  
    Nonaccruing loans   1,225     1,094     1,526     $ 131   12 %   (301 ) -20 %        
    Other real estate owned   –     –     –       –   0 %   –   0 %        
    Nonperforming Assets $ 1,225   $ 1,094   $ 1,526     $ 131   12 %   (301 ) -20 %        
                                       
    Credit Metrics                                  
    Classified loans1 to portfolio loans   0.38%     0.38%     0.67%       0.00%       -0.29 %          
    ACL to classified loans1   333.83%     327.33%     183.37%       6.50%       150.46 %          
    Loans past due 30+ days to portfolio loans2   0.04%     0.14%     0.10%       -0.10%       -0.06 %          
    Nonperforming assets to total assets   0.10%     0.09%     0.13%       0.01%       -0.03 %          
    Nonaccruing loans to portfolio loans   0.17%     0.16%     0.22%       0.01%       -0.05 %          
                                       
    (1) Classified loans include loans rated substandard or worse and are defined as loans having a well-defined weakness or weaknesses related to the borrower’s financial capacity or to pledged collateral that may jeopardize the repayment of the debt. They are characterized by the possibility that the Bank may sustain some loss if the deficiencies giving rise to the substandard classification are not corrected.
    (2) Excludes non-accrual loans
     
                                       
    DEPOSIT COMPOSITION & CONCENTRATIONS (unaudited) Period Ended
      Change from
      % of Total
       
    ($ in 000s)                                  
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024   Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %   2025 2024 2024
    Deposits                                  
    Interest-bearing demand $ 243,363   $ 194,526   $ 177,735     $ 48,837   25 % $ 65,628   37 %   23 % 19 % 18 %
    Money market   197,184     193,324     169,095       3,860   2 %   28,089   17 %   18 % 19 % 17 %
    Savings   117,130     115,520     129,796       1,610   1 %   (12,666 ) -10 %   11 % 11 % 13 %
    Time deposits (CDs)   134,226     135,485     114,644       (1,259 ) -1 %   19,582   17 %   12 % 13 % 12 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   691,903     638,855     591,270       53,048   8 %   100,633   17 %   64 % 62 % 60 %
    Non-interest bearing demand   382,743     375,876     404,486       6,867   2 %   (21,743 ) -5 %   36 % 38 % 40 %
    Total deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Insured Deposits $ 630,940   $ 629,600   $ 645,784     $ 1,340   0 % $ (385,920 ) -60 %   59 % 62 % 65 %
    Collateralized Deposits   183,842     131,327     127,733       52,515   40 %   56,109   44 %   17 % 13 % 13 %
    Uninsured Deposits   259,864     253,804     222,239       6,060   2 %   408,701   184 %   24 % 25 % 22 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
                                       
    Consumer Deposits $ 472,839   $ 466,826   $ 470,442     $ 6,013   1 % $ 2,397   1 %   44 % 46 % 47 %
    Business Deposits   407,974     406,308     387,917       1,666   0 %   20,057   5 %   38 % 40 % 39 %
    Public Deposits   193,833     141,597     137,397       52,236   37 %   56,436   41 %   18 % 14 % 14 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,074,646   $ 1,014,731   $ 995,756     $ 59,915   6 % $ 78,890   8 %   100 % 100 % 100 %
    NET INTEREST MARGIN (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
                               
    Average Interest Bearing Balances                        
    Portfolio loans $ 701,071   $ 703,811   $ 688,918     $ (2,740 ) 0 % $ 12,153   2 %
    Loans held for sale $ –   $ 1,033   $ 595     $ (1,033 ) -100 % $ (595 ) -100 %
    Investment securities $ 305,074   $ 302,501   $ 292,375     $ 2,573   1 % $ 12,699   4 %
    Interest earning cash $ 110,007   $ 78,296   $ 68,873     $ 31,711   41 % $ 41,134   60 %
    Total interest-earning assets $ 1,116,152   $ 1,085,641   $ 1,050,761     $ 30,511   3 % $ 65,391   6 %
    Non-interest bearing deposits $ 378,470   $ 388,227   $ 395,004     $ (9,757 ) -3 % $ (16,534 ) -4 %
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 675,122   $ 628,475   $ 590,410     $ 46,647   7 % $ 84,712   14 %
    Total Deposits $ 1,053,592   $ 1,016,702   $ 985,414     $ 36,890   4 % $ 68,178   7 %
    Borrowings $ 13,403   $ 13,403   $ 13,403     $ –   0 % $ –   0 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 688,525   $ 641,878   $ 603,813     $ 46,647   7 % $ 84,712   14 %
                               
    Yield / Cost $(1)                          
    Portfolio loans $ 10,316   $ 10,336   $ 10,233     $ (20 ) 0 % $ 83   1 %
    Loans held for sale $ –   $ 16   $ 5     $ (16 ) -100 % $ (5 ) -100 %
    Investment securities $ 2,710   $ 2,622   $ 2,507     $ 88   3 % $ 203   8 %
    Interest-bearing cash $ 1,208   $ 942   $ 935     $ 266   28 % $ 273   29 %
    Total interest-earning assets $ 14,234   $ 13,916   $ 13,680     $ 318   2 % $ 554   4 %
    Interest-bearing deposits $ 2,694   $ 2,796   $ 1,991     $ (102 ) -4 % $ 703   35 %
    Borrowings $ 206   $ 225   $ 242     $ (19 ) -8 % $ (36 ) -15 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 2,900   $ 3,021   $ 2,233     $ (121 ) -4 % $ 667   30 %
    Net interest income $ 11,334   $ 10,895   $ 11,447     $ 439   4 % $ (113 ) -1 %
                               
    Yield / Cost %(1)                          
    Yield on portfolio loans   5.97 %   5.84 %   5.97 %     0.13 %     0.00 %  
    Yield on investment securities   3.60 %   3.45 %   3.45 %     0.15 %     0.15 %  
    Yield on interest-bearing cash   4.45 %   4.79 %   5.45 %     -0.34 %     -1.00 %  
    Cost of interest-bearing deposits   1.62 %   1.77 %   1.36 %     -0.15 %     0.26 %  
    Cost of borrowings   6.23 %   6.68 %   7.26 %     -0.45 %     -1.03 %  
    Cost of deposits and borrowings   1.10 %   1.17 %   0.90 %     -0.07 %     0.20 %  
                               
    Yield on interest-earning assets   5.17 %   5.10 %   5.24 %     0.07 %     -0.07 %  
    Cost of interest-bearing liabilities   1.71 %   1.87 %   1.49 %     -0.16 %     0.22 %  
    Net interest spread   3.46 %   3.23 %   3.75 %     0.23 %     -0.29 %  
    Net interest margin   4.12 %   3.99 %   4.38 %     0.13 %     -0.26 %  
                               
    (1) Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis at a rate of 21%.      
                               
                               
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (ACL) (unaudited) Quarter Ended   Change From
     
    ($ in 000s)                          
        Mar 31,   Dec 31,   Mar 31,     Dec 31, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
        2025   2024   2024     $ %   $ %
    Allowance for Credit Losses                          
    Beginning of period balance $ 8,851   $ 8,897   $ 8,530     $ (46 ) -1 % $ 321   4 %
    Impact of CECL Adoption (ASC 326)   –     –     –       –   -100 %   –   -100 %
    Charge-offs   (75 )   (32 )   (35 )     (43 ) 134 %   (40 ) 114 %
    Recoveries   –     105     2       (105 ) -100 %   (2 ) -100 %
    Net (charge-off) recovery   (75 )   73     (33 )     (148 ) -203 %   (42 ) 127 %
    Provision (recapture)   114     (119 )   83       233   -196 %   31   37 %
    End of period balance $ 8,890   $ 8,851   $ 8,580     $ 39   0 % $ 310   4 %
                               
    Net charge-off (recovery) to                          
    average portfolio loans   0.04 %   -0.04 %   0.02 %     0.08 %     0.02 %  
    ACL to portfolio loans   1.26 %   1.26 %   1.24 %     0.00 %     0.02 %  
                               
    Allowance for unfunded loans                          
    Beginning of period balance $ 540   $ 524   $ 698     $ 16   3 % $ (158 ) -23 %
    Impact of CECL Adoption (ASC 326)   –     –     –       –   -100 %   –   -100 %
    Provision (recapture)   (31 )   16     (50 )     (47 ) -294 %   19   -38 %
    End of period balance $ 509   $ 540   $ 648     $ (31 ) -6 % $ (139 ) -21 %

    ABOUT PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORPORATION

    Pacific Financial Corporation of Aberdeen, Washington, is the bank holding company for Bank of the Pacific, a state chartered and federally insured commercial bank. Bank of the Pacific offers banking products and services to small-to-medium sized businesses and professionals in western Washington and Oregon. At March 31, 2025, the Company had total assets of $1.22 billion and operated fifteen branches in the communities of Grays Harbor, Pacific, Thurston, Whatcom, Skagit, Clark and Wahkiakum counties in the State of Washington, and three branches in the communities of Clatsop and Clackamas counties in Oregon. The Company also operated loan production offices in the communities of Burlington, Washington and Salem, Oregon. Visit the Company’s website at www.bankofthepacific.com. Member FDIC.

    Cautions Concerning Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other laws, including all statements in this release that are not historical facts or that relate to future plans or events or projected results of Pacific Financial Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of the Pacific. Such statements are based on information available at the time of communication and are based on current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated or implied, and could negatively impact the Company’s operating and stock price performance. These risks and uncertainties include various risks associated with growing the Bank and expanding the services it provides, development of new business lines and markets, competition in the marketplace, general economic conditions, changes in interest rates, extensive and evolving regulation of the banking industry, and many other risks. Any forward-looking statements in this communication are based on information at the time the statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement. Readers of this release are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

    Contacts:
      Denise Portmann, President & CEO
      Carla Tucker, EVP & CFO
      360.533.8873

    The MIL Network –

    April 26, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Preferred Bank Reports First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LOS ANGELES, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Preferred Bank (NASDAQ: PFBC), one of the larger independent California banks, today reported results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. Preferred Bank (“the Bank”) reported net income of $30.0 million or $2.23 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025. This represents a small decrease in net income of $197,000 from the prior quarter and a decrease of $3.4 million from the same quarter last year. The decrease compared to both periods was mainly due to a decrease in net interest income. In the first quarter of 2025, the incremental impact to interest income from loans placed on nonaccrual status was approximately $2.8 million. In addition, a property securing one of our loans was damaged in the Palisades fire in January and as a result, the Bank has reversed out the $208,000 interest receivable on this loan although we expect to recoup this amount after the property is sold. In addition to a lowering of overall interest rates, these were the main factors in the decrease in net interest income.

    Net interest income was $62.7 million, a decrease of $6.5 million from the previous quarter and a decrease of $5.8 million compared to the same quarter last year. Noninterest income was $4.0 million, an increase of $361,000 over the prior quarter and an increase of $933,000 over the same quarter last year. Noninterest expense was $23.4 million, a decrease of $4.9 million from the previous quarter and an increase of $3.3 million over the same quarter last year.

    Highlights for the Quarter:

    • Return on average assets was 1.76%
    • Return on beginning equity of 15.96%
    • Total deposits increased by $155.9 million or 2.6%, linked quarter
    • Efficiency ratio was 35.1%

    Li Yu, Chairman and CEO, commented, “Preferred Bank’s net income for the first quarter, 2025 was $30.0 million or $2.23 per fully diluted share. This quarter, there was an outsized impact to interest income of approximately $2.8 million on nonaccrual loans. We have also written down the value of our one OREO property by $1.3 million.

    Non-accrual loans totaled $78.9 million as of March 31, 2025 and are mostly comprised of two loans totaling $65.6 million. These two loans are well-secured, and we do not anticipate any losses associated with these two credits. Overall criticized loans have decreased to $129.2 million from $158.2 million at year-end. There were very few new migrations into the criticized loan category.

    The large interest reversal of $2.8 million significantly affected the reported net interest margin, which was 3.75% for the quarter. Without that, the margin would have been much closer to the 4.06% reported in the fourth quarter of 2024. Deposit growth for the quarter was $155.9 million or 2.6% on a linked quarter basis. However, total loans reduced slightly from December 31, 2024. We do not feel there will be material changes in the loan demand in the near future under the shadow of the import tariff uncertainty.

    The import tariff impositions and threats are truly unprecedented. At this time, we are still completely uncertain as to the size of the tariffs and which countries will ultimately be tariffed. In short, every American’s economic well-being will likely be impacted. Even if an agreement can be reached within the “90 days”, there seems to be no certainty that the issue will be completely resolved and this uncertainty may persist for a year or possibly more. We at Preferred Bank will stay alert and constantly monitoring our activities.

    As a starting point, we have began a “deep-dive” within our relatively small “trade finance” portfolio and will continue to widen the scope of our credit monitoring activities related to trade.”

    Results of Operations

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin. Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $62.7 million for the first quarter of 2025. This represents a $6.5 million decrease from the $69.2 million recorded in the prior quarter and a $5.8 million decrease from the same quarter last year. The decrease compared to both comparable quarters was primarily due to the reversal of interest income of $2.8 million associated with the nonaccrual loans. In addition, there was a property in the Palisades fire that secured a construction loan financed by the Bank. As part of that restructuring, the Bank elected to reverse $208,000 out of interest income that had accrued on that loan. Interest expense decreased compared to both comparable periods despite growth in deposits during the quarter. The Bank’s net interest margin came in at 3.75% for the quarter, this is down from the 4.06% recorded last quarter and from the 4.19% margin achieved in the first quarter of the prior year. The loan interest reversals played a major role in the decrease of the net interest margin in the first quarter. Management believes that efforts to reduce the Bank’s deposit costs have been largely effective as evidenced by the decreases in interest expense.

    Noninterest Income. For the first quarter of 2025, noninterest income was $4.0 million compared with $3.1 million for the same quarter last year and compared to $3.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The increase over the prior quarter was primarily due to letter of credit (LC) fee income which was up by $268,000 and gains on sales of SBA loans which increased by $163,000. In comparing to the same quarter last year, fee income was down but LC fee income increased by $741,000 and gains on sales of SBA loans increased by $172,000.

    Noninterest Expense. Total noninterest expense was $23.4 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $28.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and compared to the $20.0 million recorded in the same period last year. The primary reason for the decrease over the prior quarter was the $8.1 million occupancy expense adjustment recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024. This was related to accounting pronouncement ASC 842, accounting for leases. Partially offsetting that was an increase in personnel expense of $1.6 million and an increase in OREO expense of $1.4 million. In the first quarter of 2025, the Bank recorded a valuation charge of $1.3 million related to the OREO property in Santa Barbara. In comparing to the same quarter last year; personnel expense was up by $939,000, occupancy expense was up by $583,000 and OREO expense was up by $1.4 million due to the aforementioned OREO valuation charge recorded in the first quarter of 2025. Salary expense increased over the same quarter last year due mainly to an increase in personnel and merit increases. The increase in personnel expense over the prior quarter was primarily due to employer paid taxes as during the first quarter, incentive compensation is paid out to employees.

    Income Taxes. The Bank recorded a provision for income taxes of $12.6 million for the first quarter of 2025. This represents an effective tax rate (“ETR”) of 29.5% which is up from the 29.0% ETR for last quarter and up from the 29.0% ETR recorded in the same period last year. The Bank’s ETR will fluctuate slightly from quarter to quarter within a fairly small range due to the timing of taxable events throughout the year.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total gross loans at March 31, 2025 were $5.63 billion, a decrease of $6.2 million from the total of $5.64 billion as of December 31, 2024. Total deposits were $6.07 billion, an increase of $155.9 million from the $5.92 billion as of December 31, 2024. Total assets were $7.1 billion, an increase of $176.7 million over the total of $6.92 billion as of December 31, 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Non-accrual loans and loans 90 days past due and still accruing totaled $78.9 million as of March 31, 2025. The bulk of the nonaccrual loans comprised of two loans totaling $65.6 million. One of the loans is a multi-family loan which is well-secured and the other loan is now vacant, entitled land in a prime area of Orange County. Again, this loan is also well-secured. The loans were part of the same relationship and one is now working its way through the bankruptcy court while the other loan is in the process of being sold, at par. Management is confident that there will be no loss associated with these two loans. Total net charge-offs (recoveries) for the quarter were ($97,000) compared to net charge-offs of $6.6 million in the prior quarter. In addition to that, the Bank wrote down the value of its OREO property in Santa Barbara by $1.34 million, reflecting the proposed net proceeds of the most recent sales contract that the Bank was involved in, which sale did not materialize.

    Total criticized loans decreased to $129.2 million from $158.1 million reported in the prior quarter.

    Allowance for Credit Losses

    The provision for credit losses for the first quarter of 2025 was $700,000 compared to $2.0 million last quarter and compared to $4.4 million in the same quarter last year. The Bank’s allowance coverage ratio increased to 1.28% of loans as compared to 1.27% in the prior quarter.

    Capitalization

    As of March 31, 2025, the Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 10.96%, the leverage ratio was 11.52%, the common equity tier 1 capital ratio was 11.86% and the total capital ratio stood at 15.15%. As of December 31, 2024, the Bank’s tangible capital ratio was 11.02%, the Bank’s leverage ratio was 11.33%, the common equity tier 1 ratio was 11.80% and the total capital ratio was 15.11%.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    A conference call with simultaneous webcast to discuss Preferred Bank’s first quarter 2025 financial results will be held this afternoon April 25, 2025 at 2:00 p.m. Eastern / 11:00 a.m. Pacific. Interested participants and investors may access the conference call by dialing 844-826-3037 (domestic) or 412-317-5182 (international) and referencing “Preferred Bank.” There will also be a live webcast of the call available at the Investor Relations section of Preferred Bank’s website at www.preferredbank.com.

    Preferred Bank’s Chairman and CEO Li Yu, President and Chief Operating Officer Wellington Chen, Chief Financial Officer Edward J. Czajka, Chief Credit Officer Nick Pi and Deputy Chief Operating Officer Johnny Hsu will discuss Preferred Bank’s financial results, business highlights and outlook. After the live webcast, a replay will be available at the Investor Relations section of Preferred Bank’s website. A replay of the call will also be available at 877-344-7529 (domestic) or 412-317-0088 (international) through May 2, 2025; the passcode is 8939265.

    About Preferred Bank

    Preferred Bank is one of the larger independent commercial banks headquartered in California. The Bank is chartered by the State of California, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Bank conducts its banking business from its main office in Los Angeles, California, and through twelve full-service branch banking offices in California (Alhambra, Century City, City of Industry, Torrance, Arcadia, Irvine (2), Diamond Bar, Pico Rivera, Tarzana and San Francisco (2)), two branches in New York (Manhattan and Flushing, Queens) and a branch office in the Houston, Texas suburb of Sugar Land. In addition, the Bank also operates a loan production office in Sunnyvale, California. Preferred Bank offers a broad range of deposit and loan products and services to both commercial and consumer customers. The Bank provides personalized deposit services as well as real estate finance, commercial loans and trade finance to small and mid-sized businesses, entrepreneurs, real estate developers, professionals and high net worth individuals. Although originally founded as a Chinese-American Bank, Preferred Bank now derives most of its customers from the diversified mainstream market but does continue to benefit from the significant migration to California of ethnic Chinese from China and other areas of East Asia.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements about the Bank’s future financial and operating results, the Bank’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements that are not historical facts. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Bank’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements: changes in economic conditions; changes in the California real estate market; the loss of senior management and other employees; natural disasters or recurring energy
    shortage; changes in interest rates; competition from other financial services companies; ineffective underwriting practices; inadequate allowance for loan and lease losses to cover actual losses; risks inherent in construction lending; adverse economic conditions in Asia; downturn in international trade; inability to attract deposits; inability to raise additional capital when needed or on favorable terms; inability to manage growth; inadequate communications, information, operating and financial control systems, technology from fourth party service providers; the U.S. government’s monetary policies; government regulation; environmental liability with respect to properties to which the bank takes title; and the threat of terrorism. Additional factors that could cause the Bank’s results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in the Bank’s 2024 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation which can be found on Preferred Bank’s website. The forward-looking statements in this press release speak only as of the date of the press release, and the Bank assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. For additional information about Preferred Bank, please visit the Bank’s website at www.preferredbank.com.

    AT THE COMPANY: AT FINANCIAL PROFILES:
    Edward J. Czajka  Jeffrey Haas
    Executive Vice President General Information
    Chief Financial Officer (310) 622-8240
    (213) 891-1188 PFBC@finprofiles.com
       
       

    Financial Tables to Follow

     
    PREFERRED BANK
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for net income per share and shares)
               
               
      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
        2025       2024       2024  
    Interest income:          
    Loans, including fees $ 101,491     $ 111,596     $ 109,980  
    Investment securities   12,810       14,013       16,257  
    Fed funds sold   228       249       283  
     Total interest income   114,529       125,858       126,520  
               
    Interest expense:          
    Interest-bearing demand   16,590       18,245       22,290  
    Savings   69       85       75  
    Time certificates   33,887       37,030       34,330  
    Subordinated debt   1,325       1,325       1,325  
     Total interest expense   51,871       56,685       58,020  
     Net interest income   62,658       69,173       68,500  
    Provision for credit losses   700       2,000       4,400  
     Net interest income after provision for credit losses   61,958       67,173       64,100  
               
    Noninterest income:          
    Fees & service charges on deposit accounts   716       761       845  
    Letters of credit fee income   2,244       1,977       1,503  
    BOLI income   103       102       105  
    Net gain on sale of loans   275       112       103  
    Other income   660       685       509  
     Total noninterest income   3,998       3,637       3,065  
               
    Noninterest expense:          
    Salary and employee benefits   14,839       13,279       13,900  
    Net occupancy expense   2,294       10,110       1,711  
    Business development and promotion expense   462       340       266  
    Professional services   1,651       1,606       1,457  
    Office supplies and equipment expense   386       396       473  
    OREO valuation allowance and related expense   1,531       155       135  
    Other   2,206       2,360       2,086  
     Total noninterest expense   23,369       28,246       20,028  
     Income before provision for income taxes   42,587       42,564       47,137  
    Income tax expense   12,563       12,343       13,671  
     Net income $ 30,024     $ 30,221     $ 33,466  
               
    Income per share available to common shareholders          
     Basic $ 2.27     $ 2.29     $ 2.48  
     Diluted $ 2.23     $ 2.25     $ 2.44  
               
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding          
     Basic   13,226,582       13,190,696       13,508,878  
     Diluted   13,453,176       13,442,294       13,736,986  
               
    Cash dividends per common share $ 0.75     $ 0.75     $ 0.70  
               
    PREFERRED BANK
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands)
           
           
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
      (Unaudited)   (Audited)
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 905,183     $ 765,515  
    Fed funds sold   20,000       20,000  
    Cash and cash equivalents   925,183       785,515  
           
    Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   19,745       20,021  
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   390,096       348,706  
           
    Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value   –       2,214  
           
    Loans   5,634,413       5,640,615  
    Less allowance for credit losses   (72,274 )     (71,477 )
    Less amortized deferred loan fees, net   (9,652 )     (9,234 )
    Loans, net   5,552,487       5,559,904  
           
    Other real estate owned and repossessed assets   13,650       14,991  
    Bank furniture and fixtures, net   8,276       8,462  
    Bank-owned life insurance   10,502       10,433  
    Accrued interest receivable   31,775       33,561  
    Investment in affordable housing partnerships   63,612       58,346  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost   15,000       15,000  
    Deferred tax assets   46,280       47,402  
    Income tax receivable   –       2,195  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   20,281       13,182  
    Other assets   3,205       3,497  
    Total assets $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429  
           
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity      
    Deposits:      
    Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 730,270     $ 704,859  
    Interest bearing deposits:   2,099,987       2,026,965  
    Savings   32,631       30,150  
    Time certificates of $250,000 or more   1,531,715       1,477,931  
    Other time certificates   1,678,132       1,676,943  
    Total deposits   6,072,735       5,916,848  
           
    Subordinated debt issuance, net   148,529       148,469  
    Commitments to fund investment in affordable housing partnerships   20,956       21,623  
    Operating lease liabilities   24,021       16,990  
    Accrued interest payable   14,634       16,517  
    Other liabilities   40,613       39,830  
    Total liabilities   6,321,488       6,160,277  
           
    Shareholders’ equity   778,604       763,152  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429  
           
    Book value per common share $ 59.30     $ 57.86  
    Number of common shares outstanding   13,130,296       13,188,776  
    PREFERRED BANK
    Selected Consolidated Financial Information
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for ratios)
               
               
      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
       2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
    Unaudited historical quarterly operations data:          
    Interest income $ 114,529   $ 125,858   $ 129,424   $ 127,294   $ 126,520  
    Interest expense   51,871     56,685     60,576     61,187     58,020  
     Interest income before provision for credit losses   62,658     69,173     68,848     66,107     68,500  
    Provision for credit losses   700     2,000     3,200     2,500     4,400  
    Noninterest income   3,998     3,637     3,459     3,404     3,065  
    Noninterest expense   23,369     28,246     22,089     19,697     20,028  
    Income tax expense   12,563     12,343     13,635     13,722     13,671  
     Net income $ 30,024   $ 30,221   $ 33,383   $ 33,592   $ 33,466  
               
    Earnings per share          
     Basic $ 2.27   $ 2.29   $ 2.50   $ 2.51   $ 2.48  
     Diluted $ 2.23   $ 2.25   $ 2.46   $ 2.48   $ 2.44  
               
    Ratios for the period:          
    Return on average assets   1.76 %   1.74 %   1.95 %   1.97 %   2.00 %
    Return on beginning equity   15.96 %   16.03 %   18.37 %   19.31 %   19.36 %
    Net interest margin (Fully-taxable equivalent)   3.75 %   4.06 %   4.10 %   3.96 %   4.19 %
    Noninterest expense to average assets   1.37 %   1.62 %   1.29 %   1.15 %   1.20 %
    Efficiency ratio   35.06 %   38.79 %   30.55 %   28.34 %   27.99 %
    Net (recoveries) charge-offs to average loans (annualized)   -0.01 %   0.47 %   -0.00 %   0.68 %   0.26 %
               
    Ratios as of period end:          
    Tangible common equity ratio   10.96 %   11.02 %   10.92 %   10.55 %   10.35 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   11.52 %   11.33 %   11.28 %   10.89 %   10.80 %
    Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   11.86 %   11.80 %   11.66 %   11.52 %   11.50 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   11.86 %   11.80 %   11.66 %   11.52 %   11.50 %
    Total risk-based capital ratio   15.15 %   15.11 %   15.06 %   14.93 %   15.08 %
    Allowances for credit losses to loans at end of period   1.28 %   1.27 %   1.36 %   1.34 %   1.49 %
    Allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 0.91 x 1.89 x   3.92 x   1.79 x   4.33 x
               
    Average balances:          
    Total securities $ 402,754   $ 350,732   $ 356,590   $ 353,357   $ 348,961  
    Total loans   5,555,010     5,542,558     5,458,613     5,320,360     5,263,562  
    Total earning assets   6,780,438     6,788,487     6,684,766     6,728,498     6,585,853  
    Total assets   6,905,249     6,920,325     6,817,979     6,863,829     6,718,018  
    Total time certificate of deposits   3,164,766     3,144,523     2,874,985     2,884,259     2,852,860  
    Total interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     5,220,655     5,124,245     5,203,034     5,004,834  
    Total deposits   5,886,163     5,905,127     5,828,227     5,901,976     5,761,488  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   5,392,735     5,369,092     5,272,617     5,351,347     5,153,089  
    Total equity   779,339     760,345     747,222     715,190     704,996  
               
    PREFERRED BANK
    Selected Consolidated Financial Information
    (unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for ratios)
                             
                             
            As of
            March 31,   December 31,   September 30, June 30,   March 31,
            2025   2024   2024   2024   2024
    Unaudited quarterly statement of financial position data:                  
    Assets:                  
      Cash and cash equivalents $ 925,183     $ 785,515     $ 804,994     $ 917,677     $ 936,600  
      Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost   19,745       20,021       20,311       20,605       20,904  
      Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   390,096       348,706       337,363       331,909       333,411  
      Loans:                  
        Real estate – Mortgage:                  
          Real estate—Residential $ 779,462     $ 790,069     $ 753,453     $ 732,251     $ 724,101  
          Real estate—Commercial   2,897,956       2,840,771       2,882,506       2,833,430       2,777,608  
          Total Real Estate – Mortgage   3,677,418       3,630,840       3,635,959       3,565,681       3,501,709  
        Real estate – Construction:                  
          R/E Construction — Residential   306,283       296,580       274,214       238,062       236,596  
          R/E Construction — Commercial   269,065       287,185       290,308       247,582       213,727  
          Total real estate construction loans   575,348       583,765       564,522       485,644       450,323  
        Commercial and industrial   1,374,379       1,418,930       1,365,550       1,371,694       1,369,529  
        SBA   7,104       6,833       5,424       5,463       3,914  
        Consumer and others   164       247       124       118       379  
          Gross loans   5,634,413       5,640,615       5,571,579       5,428,600       5,325,854  
      Allowance for credit losses on loans   (72,274 )     (71,477 )     (76,051 )     (72,848 )     (79,311 )
      Net deferred loan fees   (9,652 )     (9,234 )     (10,414 )     (10,502 )     (10,460 )
        Net loans, excluding loans held for sale $ 5,552,487     $ 5,559,904     $ 5,485,114     $ 5,345,250     $ 5,236,083  
      Loans held for sale $ –     $ 2,214     $ 225     $ 955     $ 605  
        Net loans $ 5,552,487     $ 5,562,118     $ 5,485,339     $ 5,346,205     $ 5,236,688  
                             
      Other real estate owned and repossessed assets $ 13,650     $ 14,991     $ 15,082     $ 16,716     $ 16,716  
      Investment in affordable housing partnerships   63,612       58,346       58,009       60,432       62,854  
      Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost   15,000       15,000       15,000       15,000       15,000  
      Other assets   120,319       118,732       136,246       138,036       134,040  
        Total assets $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429     $ 6,872,344     $ 6,846,580     $ 6,756,213  
                             
    Liabilities:                  
      Deposits:                  
        Demand $ 730,270     $ 704,859     $ 682,859     $ 675,767     $ 709,767  
        Interest bearing demand   2,099,987       2,026,965       1,994,288       2,326,214       2,159,948  
        Savings   32,631       30,150       29,793       28,251       29,261  
        Time certificates of $250,000 or more   1,531,715       1,477,931       1,478,500       1,406,149       1,349,927  
        Other time certificates   1,678,132       1,676,943       1,682,324       1,442,381       1,552,805  
        Total deposits $ 6,072,735     $ 5,916,848     $ 5,867,764     $ 5,878,762     $ 5,801,708  
                             
      Subordinated debt issuance, net   148,529       148,469       148,410       148,351       148,292  
      Commitments to fund investment in affordable housing partnerships   20,956       21,623       23,617       27,946       29,647  
      Other liabilities   79,268       73,337       82,436       68,394       77,008  
        Total liabilities $ 6,321,488     $ 6,160,277     $ 6,122,227     $ 6,123,453     $ 6,056,655  
                             
    Equity:                    
      Net common stock, no par value $ 96,079     $ 105,501     $ 109,928     $ 113,509     $ 115,915  
      Retained earnings   705,360       685,108       664,808       640,675       616,417  
      Accumulated other comprehensive income   (22,835 )     (27,457 )     (24,619 )     (31,057 )     (32,774 )
        Total shareholders’ equity $ 778,604     $ 763,152     $ 750,117     $ 723,127     $ 699,558  
        Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 7,100,092     $ 6,923,429     $ 6,872,344     $ 6,846,580     $ 6,756,213  
                             
    PREFERRED BANK
    Quarter-to-Date Average Balances, Yield and Rates
    (Unaudited)
                               
                           
          Three months ended
    March 31,
      Three months ended
    December 31,
      Three months ended
    March 31,
           2025     2024     2024 
            Interest Average     Interest Average     Interest Average
          Average Income or Yield/   Average Income or Yield/   Average Income or Yield/
          Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate   Balance Expense Rate
    ASSETS (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest earning assets:                      
      Loans (1,2) $ 5,556,521   $ 101,491   7.41 %   $ 5,543,215   $ 111,596   8.01 %   $ 5,265,940   $ 109,980   8.40 %
      Investment securities (3)   402,754     4,093   4.12 %     350,732     3,566   4.04 %     348,961     3,430   3.95 %
      Federal funds sold   20,222     228   4.57 %     20,172     249   4.91 %     20,390     283   5.58 %
      Other earning assets   800,941     8,816   4.46 %     874,368     10,546   4.80 %     950,562     12,928   5.47 %
        Total interest earning assets   6,780,438     114,628   6.86 %     6,788,487     125,957   7.38 %     6,585,853     126,621   7.73 %
      Deferred loan fees, net   (9,189 )         (9,808 )         (10,694 )    
      Allowance for credit losses on loans   (71,550 )         (75,474 )         (78,349 )    
    Noninterest earning assets:                      
      Cash and due from banks   11,513           10,626           11,244      
      Bank furniture and fixtures   8,439           8,866           10,084      
      Right of use assets   15,201           28,570           22,003      
      Other assets   170,397           169,058           177,877      
        Total assets $ 6,905,249         $ 6,920,325         $ 6,718,018      
                               
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    Interest bearing liabilities:                      
      Deposits:                      
        Interest bearing demand and savings $ 2,079,477   $ 16,659   3.25 %   $ 2,076,132   $ 18,330   3.51 %   $ 2,151,974   $ 22,365   4.18 %
        TCD $250K or more   1,482,324     15,640   4.28 %     1,481,219     17,514   4.70 %     1,341,298     16,501   4.95 %
        Other time certificates   1,682,442     18,247   4.40 %     1,663,304     19,516   4.67 %     1,511,562     17,829   4.74 %
        Total interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     50,546   3.91 %     5,220,655     55,360   4.22 %     5,004,834     56,695   4.56 %
    Short-term borrowings   –     –   0.00 %     3     0   3.31 %     –     –   0.00 %
    Subordinated debt, net   148,492     1,325   3.62 %     148,434     1,325   3.55 %     148,255     1,325   3.59 %
        Total interest bearing liabilities   5,392,735     51,871   3.90 %     5,369,092     56,685   4.20 %     5,153,089     58,020   4.53 %
    Noninterest bearing liabilities:                      
      Demand deposits   641,920           684,472           756,654      
      Lease liability   18,963           25,486           19,500      
      Other liabilities   72,292           80,930           83,779      
        Total liabilities   6,125,910           6,159,980           6,013,022      
    Shareholders’ equity   779,339           760,345           704,996      
        Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 6,905,249         $ 6,920,325         $ 6,718,018      
    Net interest income   $ 62,757         $ 69,272         $ 68,601    
    Net interest spread     2.96 %       3.18 %       3.20 %
    Net interest margin     3.75 %       4.06 %       4.19 %
                               
    Cost of Deposits:                      
      Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 641,920         $ 684,472         $ 756,654      
      Interest bearing deposits   5,244,243     50,546   3.91 %     5,220,655     55,360   4.22 %     5,004,834     56,695   4.56 %
        Total Deposits $ 5,886,163   $ 50,546   3.48 %   $ 5,905,127   $ 55,360   3.73 %   $ 5,761,488   $ 56,695   3.96 %
                               
    (1) Includes non-accrual loans and loans held for sale                    
    (2) Net loan fee income of $865,000, $1.2 million, and $1.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively, are included in the yield computations
    (3) Yields on securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis                  
    Preferred Bank
    Loan and Credit Quality Information
                 
    Allowance For Credit Losses History
            Quarter Ended   Year Ended
            March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
             (Dollars in 000’s)
    Allowance For Credit Losses      
    Balance at Beginning of Period $ 71,477     $ 78,355  
      Charge-Offs      
        Commercial & Industrial   –       19,028  
        Total Charge-Offs   –       19,028  
                 
      Recoveries      
        Commercial & Industrial   97       50  
        Total Recoveries   97       50  
                 
      Net (Recoveries) Charge-Offs   (97 )     18,978  
      Provision for Credit Losses:   700       12,100  
    Balance at End of Period $ 72,274     $ 71,477  
                 
    Average Loans Held for Investment $ 5,555,010     $ 5,396,844  
    Loans Held for Investment at End of Period $ 5,634,413     $ 5,640,615  
    Net (Recoveries) Charge-Offs to Average Loans   -0.01%     0.35%
    Allowances for Credit Losses to Loans at End of Period   1.28%     1.27%
                 

    The MIL Network –

    April 26, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: REPORT on a revamped long-term budget for the Union in a changing world – A10-0076/2025

    Source: European Parliament 2

    MOTION FOR A EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT RESOLUTION

    on a revamped long-term budget for the Union in a changing world

    (2024/2051(INI))

     

    The European Parliament,

    – having regard to Articles 311, 312, 323 and 324 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU),

    – having regard to Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 of 17 December 2020 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[1] and to the joint declarations agreed between Parliament, the Council and the Commission in this context and the related unilateral declarations,

    – having regard to Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 of 14 December 2020 on the system of own resources of the European Union and repealing Decision 2014/335/EU, Euratom[2],

    – having regard to the amended Commission proposal of 23 June 2023 for a Council decision amending Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 on the system of own resources of the European Union (COM(2023)0331),

    – having regard to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 16 December 2020 between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the European Commission on budgetary discipline, on cooperation in budgetary matters and on sound financial management, as well as on new own resources, including a roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources[3] (the IIA),

    – having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (recast)[4] (the Financial Regulation),

    – having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget[5] (the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation),

    – having regard to its position of 27 February 2024 on the draft Council regulation amending Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[6],

    – having regard to its resolution of 10 May 2023 on own resources: a new start for EU finances, a new start for Europe[7],

    – having regard to its resolution of 15 December 2022 on upscaling the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework: a resilient EU budget fit for new challenges[8],

    – having regard to its position of 16 December 2020 on the draft Council regulation laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027[9],

    – having regard to the Interinstitutional Proclamation on the European Pillar of Social Rights of 13 December 2017[10] and to the Commission Action Plan of 4 March 2021 on the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights (COM(2021)0102),

    – having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 15th Conference of the Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity (COP 15) in Montreal on 19 December 2022 (Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework),

    – having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 21st Conference of the Parties to the UNFCCC (COP 21) in Paris on 12 December 2015 (the Paris Agreement),

    – having regard to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals,

    – having regard to the report of 30 October 2024 by Sauli Niinistö entitled ‘Safer together – strengthening Europe’s civilian and military preparedness and readiness’ (the Niinistö report),

    – having regard to the report of 9 September 2024 by Mario Draghi entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness’ (the Draghi report),

    – having regard to the report of 4 September 2024 of the Strategic Dialogue on the Future of EU Agriculture entitled ‘A shared prospect for farming and food in Europe’,

    – having regard to the report of 17 April 2024 by Enrico Letta entitled ‘Much more than a market – speed, security, solidarity: empowering the Single Market to deliver a sustainable future and prosperity for all EU Citizens’ (the Letta report),

    – having regard to the report of 20 February 2024 of the High-Level Group on the Future of Cohesion Policy entitled ‘Forging a sustainable future together – cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe’,

    – having regard to the Budapest Declaration on the New European Competitiveness Deal,

    – having regard to the joint communication of 26 March 2025 entitled ‘European Preparedness Union Strategy’ (JOIN(2025)0130),

    – having regard to the joint white paper of 19 March 2025 entitled ‘European Defence Readiness 2030’ (JOIN(2025)0120),

    – having regard to the Commission communication of 7 March 2025 entitled ‘A Roadmap for Women’s Rights’ (COM(2025)0097),

    – having regard to the Commission communication of 26 February 2025 entitled ‘The Clean Industrial Deal: a joint roadmap for competitiveness and decarbonisation’ (COM(2025)0085),

    – having regard to the Commission communication of 19 February 2025 entitled ‘A Vision for Agriculture and Food’ (COM(2025)0075),

    – having regard to the Commission communication of 11 February 2025 entitled ‘The road to the next multiannual financial framework’ (COM(2025)0046),

    – having regard to the Commission communication of 29 January 2025 entitled ‘A Competitiveness Compass for the EU’ (COM(2025)0030),

    – having regard to the Commission communication of 9 December 2021 entitled ‘Building an economy that works for people: an action plan for the social economy’ (COM(2021)0778),

    – having regard to the European Council conclusions of 20 March 2025, 6 March 2025 and 19 December 2024,

    – having regard to the political guidelines of 18 July 2024 for the next European Commission 2024-2029,

    – having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 20 November 2024 entitled ‘EU budget and place-based policies: proposals for new design and delivery mechanisms in the MFF post-2027’[11],

    – having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

    – having regard to the opinions of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, the Committee on Development, the Committee on Budgetary Control, the Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs, the Committee on Employment and Social Affairs, the Committee on the Environment, Climate and Food Safety, the Committee on Industry, Research and Energy, the Committee on Internal Market and Consumer Protection, the Committee on Transport and Tourism, the Committee on Regional Development, the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development, the Committee on Culture and Education, the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs, the Committee on Constitutional Affairs, and the Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality,

    – having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgets (A10-0076/2025),

    A. whereas, under Article 311 TFEU, the Union is required to provide itself with the means necessary to attain its objectives and carry through its policies;

    B. whereas the Union budget is primarily an investment tool that can achieve economies of scale unattainable at Member State level and support European public goods, in particular through cross-border projects; whereas all spending through the Union budget must provide European added value and deliver discernible net benefits compared to spending at national or sub-national level, leading to real and lasting results;

    C. whereas spending through the Union budget, if effectively targeted, aligned with the Union’s political priorities and better coordinated with spending at national level, helps to avoid fragmentation in the single market, promote upwards convergence, decrease inequalities and boost the overall impact of public investment; whereas public investment is essential as a catalyst for private investment in sectors where the market alone cannot drive the required investment;

    D. whereas the NextGenerationEU recovery instrument (NGEU) established in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic enabled significant additional investment capacity of EUR 750 billion in 2018 prices – beyond the Union budget, which amounts to 1.1 % of the EU-27’s gross national income (GNI) – prompting a swift recovery and return to growth and supporting the green and digital transitions; whereas NGEU will not be in place post-2027;

    E.  whereas in 2022 Member States spent an average of 1.4 % of gross domestic product (GDP) on State aid – significantly more than their contribution to the Union budget – with over half of the State aid unrelated to crises;

    F. whereas the Union budget, bolstered by NGEU and loans through the SURE scheme, has been instrumental in alleviating the economic and social impact of the COVID-19 crisis and in responding to the effects of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine; whereas the Union budget remains ill-equipped, in terms of size, structure and rules, to fully play its role in adjusting to evolving spending needs, addressing shocks and responding to crises and giving practical effect to the principle of solidarity, and to enable the Union to fulfil its objectives as established under the Treaties;

    G. whereas people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget, including the capacity to respond quickly and effectively to evolving needs and to provide them with the necessary support, especially in times of crisis;

    H. whereas, since the adoption of the current multiannual financial framework (MFF), the political, economic and social context has changed beyond recognition, compounding underlying structural challenges for the Union and leading to a substantial revision of the MFF in 2024;

    I. whereas the context in which the Commission will prepare its proposals for the post-2027 MFF is every bit as challenging, with the established global and geopolitical order changing quickly and radically, the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis; whereas, as the Commission has made clear, the status quo is not an option and the Union budget will need to change accordingly;

    J. whereas the US administration has decided to retreat from the country’s post-war global role in guaranteeing peace and security, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world; whereas the Union will therefore have to step up to fill part of the void the US appears set to leave, placing additional demands on the budget;

    K. whereas the Union has committed to take all the steps needed to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at the latest and to protect nature and reverse biodiversity loss; whereas delivering on the policy framework put in place to achieve this objective will require substantial investment; whereas the Union budget will have to play a key role in providing and incentivising that investment;

    L. whereas, in order to compensate for the budget’s shortcomings, there have been numerous workaround solutions that make the budget more opaque, leaving the public in the dark about the real volume of Union spending, undermining the longer-term predictability of investment the budget is designed to provide and undercutting not only the principle of budget unity, but also Parliament’s role as a legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account;

    M. whereas the Union is founded on the values of respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and respect for human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities; whereas breaches of those values undermine the cohesion of the Union, erode the rights of Union citizens and weaken mutual trust among Member States;

    1. Insists that, in a fast changing world where people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget and where the Union is confronted with a growing number of crises, the next MFF must be endowed with increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI;

    2. Underscores that the next MFF must focus on financing European public goods with discernible added value compared to national spending; highlights the need for enhanced synergies and better coordination between Union and national spending; emphasises that spending will have to address major challenges, such as the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop, a competitiveness gap and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis;

    3. Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach as envisaged by the Commission, with the Recovery and Resilience Facility model as a blueprint, cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must fully safeguard Parliament’s roles as legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and be designed and implemented through close collaboration with regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders;

    4. Calls for the next MFF to continue support for economic, social and territorial cohesion in order to help bind the Union together, deepen the single market, promote convergence and reduce inequality, poverty and social exclusion;

    5. Considers that the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund and complementing existing, highly successful programmes;

    6. Stresses that, in particular in the light of the US’s retreat from its role as a global guarantor of peace and security, there is a clear need to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, with the next MFF supporting a comprehensive security approach through an increase in investment; stresses that defence spending cannot come at the expense of nor lead to a reduction in long-term investment in the economic, social and territorial cohesion of the Union;

    7. Calls for genuine simplification for final beneficiaries by avoiding programmes with overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions; underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    8. Insists on enhanced in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF and sufficient margins under each heading; stresses that, alongside predictability for investment, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; underlines that flexibility for humanitarian aid should be ring-fenced; considers that the post-2027 MFF should include two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters and one for general-purpose crisis response;

    9. Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; insists that the Union budget be protected against misuse, fraud and breaches of the principle of the rule of law and calls for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027;

    10. Underlines that the repayment of NGEU borrowing must not endanger the financing of EU policies and priorities; stresses, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the future MFF architecture;

    11. Calls on the Council to adopt new own resources as a matter of urgency in order to enable sustainable repayment of NGEU borrowing; stresses that new genuine own resources, beyond the IIA, are essential for the Union’s higher spending needs; considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with the necessary resources, and considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises, such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    12. Stands ready to work constructively with the Council and Commission to deliver a long-term budget that addresses the Union’s needs; highlights that the post-2027 MFF is being constructed in a far from ‘business as usual’ context and takes seriously its institutional role as enshrined in the Treaties; insists that it will only approve a long-term budget that is fit for purpose for the Union in a changing world and calls for swift adoption of the MFF to enable timely implementation of spending programmes from 1 January 2028;

    A long-term budget with a renewed spending focus

    13. Considers that, in view of the structural challenges facing the Union, the post-2027 MFF should adjust its spending focus to ensure that the Union can meet its strategic policy aims as detailed below;

     

    Competitiveness, strategic autonomy, social, economic and territorial cohesion and resilience

    14. Is convinced that boosting competitiveness, decarbonising the economy and enhancing the Union’s innovation capacity are central priorities for the post-2027 MFF and are vital to ensure long-term, sustainable and inclusive growth and a thriving, more resilient economy and society;

    15. Considers that the Union must develop a competitiveness framework in line with its own values and political aims and that competitiveness must foster not only economic growth, but also social, economic and territorial cohesion and environmental sustainability as underlined in both the Draghi and Letta reports;

    16. Underlines that, as spelt out in the Letta and Draghi reports, the European economy and social model are under intense strain, with the productivity, competitiveness and skills gap having knock-on effects on the quality of jobs and on living standards for Europeans already grappling with high housing, energy and food prices; is concerned that a lack of job opportunities and high costs of living increase the risk of a brain drain away from Europe;

    17. Points out that Draghi puts the annual investment gap with respect to innovation and infrastructure at EUR 750-800 billion per year between 2025 and 2030; underlines that the Union budget must play a vital role but it cannot cover that shortfall alone, and that the bulk of the effort will have to come from the private sector – points to the need to exploit synergies between public and private investment, in particular by simplifying and harmonising the EU investment architecture;

    18. Stresses that the Union budget must be carefully coordinated with national spending, so as to ensure complementarity, and must be designed such that it can de-risk, mobilise and leverage private investment effectively, enabling start-ups and SMEs to access funds more readily; calls, therefore, for programmes such as InvestEU, which ensures additionality and follows a market-based, demand-driven approach, to be significantly reinforced in the next MFF; considers that financial instruments and budgetary guarantees are an effective use of resources to achieve critical Union policy goals and calls for them to be further simplified;

    19. Insists that more must be done to maximise the potential of the role of the European Investment Bank (EIB) Group – together with other international and national financial institutions – in lending and de-risking in strategic policy areas, such as climate and, latterly, security and defence projects; calls for an increased risk appetite and ambition from the EIB Group to crowd in investment, based on a strong capital position, and for a reinforced investment partnership to ensure that every euro spent at Union level is used in the most effective manner;

    20. Emphasises that funding for research and innovation, including support for basic research, should be significantly increased, should be focused on the Union’s strategic priorities, should continue to be determined by the principle of excellence and should remain merit-based; considers that there should be sufficient resources across the MFF and at national level to fund all high-quality projects throughout the innovation cycle and to achieve the 3 % GDP target for research and development spending by 2030;

    21. Stresses that the next MFF, building on the current Connecting Europe Facility, should include much greater, directly managed funding for energy, transport and digital infrastructure, with priority given to cross-border connections and national links with European added value; considers that such infrastructure is an absolute precondition for a successful deepening of the single market and for increasing the Union’s resilience in a changing geopolitical order;

    22. Points out that a secure and robust space sector is critical for the Union’s autonomy and sovereignty and therefore needs sustained investment;

    23. Underlines that a more competitive, productive and socially inclusive economy helps to generate high-quality, well-paid jobs, thus enhancing people’s standard of living; emphasises that, through programmes such as the European Social Fund+ and Erasmus+, the Union budget can play an important role in supporting education and training systems, enhancing social inclusion, boosting workforce adaptability through reskilling and upskilling, and thus preparing people for employment in a modern economy;

    24. Insists that the Union budget should continue to support important economic and job-creating sectors where the Union is already a world leader, such as tourism and the cultural and creative sectors; underscores the need for dedicated funding for tourism, including to implement the EU Strategy for Sustainable Tourism, in the Union budget post-2027; points to the importance of Creative Europe in contributing to Europe’s diversity and competitiveness and in supporting vibrant societies;

    25. Stresses that, in order to compete with other major global players, the European economy must also become more competitive and resilient on the supply side by investing more in the Union’s open strategic autonomy through enhanced industrial policy and a focus on strategic sectors, resource-efficiency and critical technologies to reduce dependence on third countries;

    26. Considers that, in light of the above, the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund; recalls that, under Article 182 TFEU, the Union is required to adopt a framework programme for research;

    27. Notes that, in the Commission communication on the competitiveness compass, the Commission argues that a new competitiveness coordination tool should be established in order to better align industrial and research policies and investment between EU and national level; notes that the proposed new tool is envisaged as part of a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament must play a full decision-making role in both mechanisms;

    28. Emphasises that food security is a vital component of strategic autonomy and that the next MFF must continue to support the competitiveness and resilience of the Union’s farming and fisheries sectors, including small-scale and young farmers and fishers, and help the sectors to better protect the climate and biodiversity, as well as the seas and oceans; highlights that a modern and simplified common agricultural policy is crucial for increasing productivity through technical progress, ensuring a fair standard of living for farmers, guaranteeing food security and the production of safe, high-quality and affordable food for Europeans, fostering generational renewal and ensuring the viability of rural areas;

    29. Points out that the farming sector is particularly vulnerable to inflationary shocks which affect farmers’ purchasing power; calls for adequate and predictable funding for the common agricultural policy in the next MFF;

    30. Recalls that social, economic and territorial cohesion is a cornerstone of European integration and is vital in binding the Union together and deepening the single market; reaffirms, in that respect, the importance of the convergence process; underlines that a modernised cohesion policy must follow a decentralised, place-based, multilevel governance approach and be built around the shared management and partnership principle, fully involving local and regional authorities and relevant stakeholders, ensuring that resources are directed where they are most needed to reduce regional disparities;

    31. Stresses that cohesion policy funding must tackle the key challenges the Union faces, such as demographic change and depopulation, and target the regions and people most in need; calls, furthermore, for enhanced access to EU funding for cities, regions and urban authorities;

    32. Recalls the importance of the social dimension of the European Union and of promoting the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights, its Action Plan and headline targets; emphasises that the Union budget should, therefore, play a pivotal role in reducing inequality, poverty and social exclusion, including by supporting children, families and vulnerable groups; recalls that around 20 million children in the Union are at risk of poverty and social exclusion; stresses that addressing child poverty across the Union requires appropriately funded, comprehensive and integrated measures, together with the efficient implementation of the European Child Guarantee at national level; emphasises that Parliament has consistently requested a dedicated budget within the ESF+ to support the Child Guarantee as a central pillar of the EU anti-poverty strategy;

    33. Highlights, in this regard, the EU-wide housing crisis affecting millions of families and young people; stresses the need for enhanced support for housing through the Union budget, in particular via cohesion policy, and through other funding sources, such as the EIB Group and national promotional banks; acknowledges that, while Union financing cannot solve the housing crisis alone, it can play a crucial role in financing urgent measures and complementing broader Union and national efforts to improve housing affordability and enhance energy efficiency of the housing stock;

    34. Points out that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine has had substantial economic and social consequences, in particular in Member States bordering Russia and Belarus; insists that the next MFF provide support to these regions;

    The green and digital transitions

    35. Highlights that the green and digital transitions are inextricably linked to competitiveness, the modernisation of the economy and the resilience of society and act as catalysts for a future-oriented and resource-efficient economy; insists therefore, that the post-2027 MFF must continue to support and to further accelerate the twin transitions;

    36. Recalls that the Union budget is an essential contributor to achieving climate neutrality by 2050, including through support for the 2030 and 2040 targets; underlines that the transition will require a decarbonisation of the economy, in particular through the deployment of clean technologies, improved energy and transport infrastructure and more energy-efficient housing; notes that the Commission estimates additional investment needs to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at 1.5 % of GDP per year compared to the decade 2011-2020 and that, while the Union budget alone cannot cover the gap, it must remain a vital contributor; calls, therefore, for increased directly managed support for environment and biodiversity protection and climate action building on the current LIFE programme;

    37. Underlines that industry will be central in the transition to net zero and the establishment of the Energy Union, and that support will be needed in helping some industrial sectors and their workers to adapt; stresses the importance of a just transition that must leave no one behind, requiring, inter alia, investment in regions that are heavily fossil-fuel dependent and increased support for vulnerable households, in particular through the Just Transition Mechanism and the Social Climate Fund;

    38. Points to the profound technological shift under way, with technologies such as artificial intelligence and quantum both creating opportunities, in terms of the Union’s economic potential and global leadership and improvements to citizens’ lives, and posing reliability, ethical and sovereignty challenges; stresses that the next MFF must support research into, and the development and safe application of digital technologies and help people to hone the knowledge and skills they need to work with and use them;

    Security, defence and preparedness

    39. Recalls that peace and security are the foundation for the Union’s prosperity, social model and competitiveness, and a vital pillar of the Union’s geopolitical standing; stresses that the next MFF must support a comprehensive security approach by investing significantly more in safeguarding the Union against the myriad threats it faces;

    40. Underlines that, as the Niinistö report makes clear, multiple threats are combining to heighten instability and increase the Union’s vulnerability, chief among them the fragmenting global order, the security threat posed by Russia and Belarus, growing tensions globally, hostile international actors, the globalisation of criminal networks, hybrid campaigns – which include cyberattacks, foreign information manipulation, disinformation and interference and the instrumentalisation of migration – increasingly frequent and intense extreme weather events as a result of climate change, and health threats;

    41. Points out that the Union has played a vital role in achieving lasting peace on its territory and must continue to do so by adjusting to the reality of war on its doorstep and the need to vastly boost defence infrastructure, capabilities and readiness, including through the Union budget, going far beyond the current allocation of less than 2 % of the MFF;

    42. Notes that European defence capabilities suffer from decades of under-investment and that, according to the Commission, the defence spending gap currently stands at EUR 500 billion for the next decade; underlines that the Union budget alone cannot fill the gap, but has an important role to play, in conjunction with national budgets and with a focus on clear EU added value; considers that the Union budget and lending through the EIB Group can help incentivise investment in defence; stresses that defence spending must not come at the expense of social and environmental spending, nor must it lead to a reduction in funding for long-standing Union policies that have proved their worth over time;

    43. Underlines the merits of the defence programmes and instruments put in place during the current MFF, which have enhanced joint research, production and procurement in the field of defence, providing a valuable foundation on which to build further Union policy and investment;

    44. Emphasises that, given the geopolitical situation, there is a clear need to act and to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, in coordination with NATO and in full alignment with the neutrality commitments of individual Member States; concurs, in that regard, with the Commission’s analysis that the next MFF must provide a comprehensive and robust framework in support of EU defence;

    45. Underscores the importance of a competitive and resilient European defence technological and industrial base; considers that enhanced joint EU-level investment in defence in the next MFF backed up by a clear and transparent governance structure can help to avoid duplication, generate economies of scale, and thus significant savings for Member States, reduce fragmentation and ensure the interoperability of equipment and systems; underscores the importance of technology in modern defence systems and therefore of investing in research, cyber-defence and cybersecurity and in dual-use products; points to the need to direct support towards the defence industry within the Union, thus strengthening strategic autonomy, creating quality high-skilled jobs, driving innovation and creating cross-border opportunities for EU businesses, including SMEs;

    46. Points to the importance of increasing support in the budget for military mobility, which upgrades infrastructure for dual-use military and civilian purposes, enabling the large-scale movement of military equipment and personnel at short notice and thus contributing to the Union’s defence capabilities and collective security; highlights, in that regard, the importance of financing for the trans-European transport networks to enable their adaptation for dual-use purposes;

    47. Emphasises that the Union needs to ramp up funding for preparedness across the board; is alarmed by the growing impact of natural disasters, which are often the result of climate change and are therefore likely to occur with greater frequency and intensity in the future; points out that, according to the 2024 European Climate Risk Assessment Report, cumulated economic losses from natural disasters could reach about 1.4 % of Union GDP;

    48. Underlines, therefore, that, in addition to efforts to mitigate climate change through the green transition, significant investment is required to adapt to climate change, in particular to prevent and reduce the impact of natural disasters and severe weather events; considers that support for this purpose, such as through the current Union Civil Protection Mechanism, must be significantly increased in the next MFF and made available quickly to local and regional authorities, which are often on the frontline;

    49. Emphasises that reconstruction and recovery measures after natural disasters must be based on the ‘build back better’ approach and prioritise nature-based solutions; stresses the importance of sustainable water management and security and hydric resilience as part of the Union’s overall preparedness strategy;

    50. Recalls that the COVID-19 pandemic wreaked economic and social havoc globally and that a key lesson from the experience is that there is a need to prioritise investment in prevention of, preparedness for and response to health threats, in medical research and disease prevention, in access to critical medicines, in healthcare infrastructure, in physical and mental health and in the resilience and accessibility of public health systems in the Union; recalls that strategic autonomy in health is key to ensuring the Union’s preparedness in this area;

    51. Considers that the next MFF must build on the work done in the current programming period by ensuring that the necessary investment is in place to build a genuine European Health Union that delivers for all citizens;

    52. Underlines that, with technological developments, it has become easier for malicious and opportunistic foreign actors to spread disinformation, encourage online hate speech, interfere in elections and mount cyberattacks against the Union’s interests; insists that the next MFF must invest in enhanced cybersecurity capabilities and equip the Union to counter hybrid warfare in its various guises;

    53. Stresses that a free, independent and pluralistic media is a fundamental component of Europe’s resilience, safeguarding not only the free flow of information but also a democratic mindset, critical thinking and informed decision-making; points to the importance of investment in independent and investigative journalism, fact-checking initiatives, digital and media literacy and critical thinking to safeguard against disinformation, foreign information manipulation and electoral interference as part of the European Democracy Shield initiative and therefore to guarantee democratic resilience; underscores the need for continued Union budget support for initiatives in these areas;

    54. Underscores the importance of continued funding, in the next MFF, for effective protection of the EU’s external borders; underlines the need to counter transnational criminal networks and better protect victims of trafficking networks, and to strengthen resilience and response capabilities to address hybrid attacks and the instrumentalisation of migration, by third countries or hostile non-state actors; highlights, in particular, the need for support to frontline Member States for the purposes of securing the external borders of the EU;

    55. Underlines that the EU’s resilience and preparedness are inextricably linked to those of its regional and global partners; emphasises that strengthening partners’ capacity to prevent, withstand and effectively respond to extreme weather events, health crises, hybrid campaigns, cyberattacks or armed conflict also lowers the risk of spill-over effects for Europe;

    External action and enlargement

    56. Insists that, in a context of heightened global instability, the Union must continue to engage constructively with third countries and support peace, and conflict prevention, stability, prosperity, security, human rights, the rule of law, equality, democracy and sustainable development globally, in line with its global responsibility values and international commitments;

    57. Regrets the fact that external action in the current MFF has been underfunded, leading to significant recourse to special instruments and substantial reinforcements in the mid-term revision; notes, in particular, that humanitarian aid funding has been woefully inadequate, prompting routine use of the Emergency Aid Reserve;

    58. Underlines that the US’s retreat from its post-war global role in guaranteeing peace, security and democracy, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world will leave an enormous gap and that the Union has a responsibility and overwhelming strategic interest in helping to fill that gap; calls on the Commission to address the consequences of the US’s retreat at the latest in its proposal for the post-2027 MFF;

    59. Stresses that the next MFF must continue to tackle the most pressing global challenges, from fighting climate change, to providing relief in the event of natural disasters, preventing and addressing violent conflict and guaranteeing global security, ensuring global food security, improving healthcare and education systems, reducing poverty and inequality, promoting democracy, human rights, the rule of law and social justice and boosting competitiveness and the security of global supply chains, in full compliance with the principle of policy coherence for development; emphasises, in particular, the need for support for the Union’s Southern and Eastern Neighbourhoods;

    60. Underlines that, in particular in light of the drastic cuts to the USAID budget, the budget must uphold the Union’s role as the world’s leading provider of development aid and climate finance in line with the Union’s global obligations and commitments; recalls, in that regard, that the Union and its Member States have collectively committed to allocating 0.7 % of their GNI to official development assistance and that poverty alleviation must remain its primary objective; insists that the budget must continue to support the Union in its efforts to defend the rules-based international order, democracy, multilateralism, human rights and fundamental values;

    61. Insists that, given the unprecedented scale of humanitarian crises, mounting global challenges and uncertainty of US assistance under the current administration, humanitarian aid funding must be significantly enhanced and that its use must remain solely needs-based and respect the principles of neutrality, independence and impartiality; emphasises that the needs-based nature of humanitarian aid requires ring-fenced funding delivered through a stand-alone spending programme, distinct from other external action financing; underscores, furthermore, that effective humanitarian aid provision is contingent on predictability through a sufficient annual baseline allocation;

    62. Emphasises that humanitarian aid, by its very nature, requires substantial flexibility and response capacity; considers, therefore, that, in addition to an adequate baseline figure, humanitarian aid will require significant ring-fenced flexibility in its design to enable an effective response to the growing crises;

    63. Emphasises that, in a context in which global actors are increasingly using trade interdependence as a means of economic coercion, the Union must bolster its capacity to protect and advance its own strategic interests, develop more robust tools to counter coercion and ensure genuine reciprocity in its partnerships; stresses that such an approach requires the strategic allocation of external financing so as to support, for example, economic, security and energy partnerships that align with the Union’s values and strategic interests;

    64. Considers that enlargement represents an opportunity to strengthen the Union as a geopolitical power and that the next MFF is pivotal for preparing the Union for enlargement and the candidate countries for accession; recalls that the stability, security and democratic resilience of the candidate countries are inextricably connected to those of the EU and require sustained strategic investment, linked to reforms, to support their convergence with Union standards; underlines the important role that citizens and civil society organisations play in the process of enlargement;

    65. Points to the need for strategically targeted support for pre-accession and for growth and investment; is of the view that post-2027 pre-accession assistance should be provided in the form of both grants and loans; believes, in that context, that the future framework should allow for innovative financing mechanisms, as well as lending to candidate countries backed by the budgetary headroom (the difference between the own resources and the MFF ceilings);

    66. Stresses that financial support must be conditional on the implementation of reforms aligned with the Union acquis and policies and adherence to Union values; emphasises, in this regard, the need for a strong governance model that ensures parliamentary accountability, oversight and control and a strong, effective anti-fraud architecture;

    67. Reiterates its full support for Ukrainians in their fight for freedom and democracy and deplores the terrible suffering and impact resulting from Russia’s unprovoked and unjustifiable war of aggression; welcomes the decision to grant Ukraine and the neighbouring Republic of Moldova candidate country status and insists on the need to deploy the necessary funds to support their accession processes;

    68. Underlines that pre-accession support to Ukraine has to be distinct from and additional to financial assistance for macroeconomic stability, reconstruction and post-war recovery, where needs are far more substantial and require a concerted international effort, of which support through the Union budget should be an important part;

    69. Is convinced that the existing mandatory revision clause in the event of enlargement should be maintained in the next framework and that national envelopes should not be affected; underlines that the next MFF will also have to put in place appropriate transitional and phasing-in measures for key spending areas, such as cohesion and agriculture, based on a careful assessment of the impacts on different sectors;

    Fundamental rights, Union values and the rule of law

    70. Emphasises the importance of the Union budget and programmes like Erasmus+ and Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values in promoting and protecting democracy and the Union’s values, fostering the Union’s common cultural heritage and European integration, enhancing citizen engagement, civic education and youth participation, safeguarding and promoting fundamental rights enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights and the rule of law; calls, in this regard, for increased funding for Erasmus+ in the next MFF; points to the importance of the independence of the justice system, the sound functioning of national institutions, de-oligarchisation, robust support for and, in line with article 11(2) TEU, an active dialogue with civil society, which is vital for fostering an active civic space, ensuring accountability and transparency and informing policymakers about best practices from the ground;

    71. Highlights, in that connection, that the recast of the Financial Regulation requires the Commission and the Member States, in the implementation of the budget, to ensure compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights and to respect the values on which the Union is founded, which are enshrined in Article 2 TEU; expects the Commission to ensure that the proposals for the next MFF, including for the spending programmes, are aligned with the Financial Regulation recast;

    72. Stresses that instability in neighbouring regions and beyond, poverty, underlying trends in economic development, demographic changes and climate change, continue to generate migration flows towards the Union, placing significant pressure on asylum and migration systems; underlines that the post-2027 MFF must support the full and swift implementation of the Union’s Asylum and Migration Pact and effective return and readmission policies, in line with fundamental rights and EU values, including the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility; underlines, moreover, that, in line with the Pact, the EU must pursue enhanced cooperation and mutually beneficial partnerships with third countries on migration, with adequate parliamentary scrutiny, and that such cooperation must abide by EU and international law;

    73. Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; highlights the importance of strong links between respect for the rule of law and access to EU funds under the current MFF; believes that the protection of the Union’s financial interests depends on respect for the rule of law at national level; welcomes, in particular, the positive impact of the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation in protecting the Union’s financial interests in cases of systemic and persistent breaches of the rule of law; calls on the Commission and the Council to apply the regulation strictly, consistently and without undue delay wherever necessary; emphasises that decisions to suspend or reduce Union funding over breaches of the rule of law must be based on objective criteria and not be guided by other considerations, nor be the outcome of negotiations;

    74. Points to the need for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027 and welcomes the Commission’s commitment to bolster links between the recommendations in the annual rule of law report and access to funds through the budget; calls on the Commission to outline, in the annual rule of law report from 2025 onwards, the extent to which identified weaknesses in rule of law regimes potentially pose a risk to the Union budget; welcomes, furthermore, the link between respect for Union values and the implementation of the budget and calls on the Commission to actively monitor Member States’ compliance with this principle in a unified manner and to take swift action in the event of non-compliance;

    75. Calls for the consolidation of a robust rule of law toolbox, building on the current conditionality provisions under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), the horizontal enabling conditions in the Common Provisions Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Financial Regulation and insists that the toolbox should cover the entire Union budget; underlines the need for far greater transparency and consistency with regard to the application of tools to protect the rule of law and for Parliament’s role to be strengthened in the application and scrutiny of such measures; insists, furthermore, on the need for consistency across instruments when assessing breaches of the rule of law in Member States;

    76. Recalls that the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation provides that final recipients should not be deprived of the benefits of EU funds in the event of sanctions being applied to their government; believes that, to date, this provision has not been effective and stresses the importance of applying a smart conditionality approach so that beneficiaries are not penalised because of their government’s actions; calls on the Commission, in line with its stated intention in the political guidelines, to propose specific measures to ensure that local and regional authorities, civil society and other beneficiaries can continue to benefit from Union funding in cases of breaches of the rule of law by national governments without weakening the application of the regulation and maintaining the Member State’s obligation to pay under Union law;

     A long-term budget that mainstreams the Union’s policy objectives

    77. Stresses that a long-term budget that is fully aligned with the Union’s strategic aims requires that key objectives be mainstreamed across the budget through a set of horizontal principles, building on the lessons from the current MFF and RRF;

    78. Recalls that the implementation of horizontal principles should not lead to an excessive administrative burden on beneficiaries and be in line with the principle of proportionality; calls for innovative solutions and the use of automated reporting tools, including artificial intelligence, to achieve more efficient data collection;

    79. Underlines, therefore, that the next MFF must ensure that, across the board, spending programmes pursue climate and biodiversity objectives, promote and protect rights and equal opportunities for all, including gender equality, support competitiveness and bolster the Union’s preparedness against threats;

    80. Points out that effective mainstreaming is best achieved through a toolbox of measures, primarily through policy, project and regulatory design, thorough impact assessments and solid tracking of spending and, in specific cases, spending targets based on relevant and available data; welcomes the significant improvements in performance reporting in the current MFF, which allow for much better scrutiny of the impact of EU spending and calls for this to be further developed in the next programing period;

    81. Welcomes the development of a methodology to track gender-based spending and considers that the lessons learnt, in particular as regards the collection of gender-disaggregated data, the monitoring of implementation and impact and administrative burden, should be applied in the next MFF in order to improve the methodology; calls on the Commission to explore the feasibility of gender budgeting in the next MFF; stresses, in the same vein, the need for a significant improvement in climate and biodiversity mainstreaming methodologies to move towards the measurement of impact;

    82. Regrets that the Commission has not systematically conducted thorough impact assessments, including gender impact assessments, for all legislation involving spending through the budget and insists that this change;

    83. Is pleased that the climate mainstreaming target of 30 % is projected to be exceeded in the current MFF; regrets, however, that the Union is not on track to meet the 10 % target for 2026 for biodiversity-related expenditure; insists that the targets in the IIA have nevertheless been a major factor in driving climate and biodiversity spending; calls on the Commission to adapt the spending targets contributing positively to climate and biodiversity in line with the Union policy ambitions in this regard, taking into account the investment needs for these policy ambitions;

    84. Stresses, furthermore, that the Union budget should be implemented in line with Article 33(2) of the Financial Regulation, therefore without doing significant harm[12] to the specified objectives, respecting applicable working and employment conditions and taking into account the principle of gender equality;

    85. Welcomes the Commission’s commitment to phase out all fossil fuel subsidies and environmentally harmful subsidies in the next MFF; expects the Commission to come forward with its planned roadmap in this regard as part of its proposal for the next MFF;

    A long-term budget with an effective administration at the service of Europeans

    86. Underlines the need for Union policies to be underpinned by a well-functioning administration; insists that, post-2027, sufficient financial and staff resources be allocated from the outset so that Union institutions, bodies, decentralised agencies and the European Public Prosecutor’s Office can ensure effective and efficient policy design, high-quality delivery and enforcement, provide technical assistance, continue to attract the best people from all Member States, thus ensuring geographical balance, and have leeway to adjust to changing circumstances;

    87. Regrets that the Union’s ability to implement policy effectively and protect its financial interests within the current MFF has been undermined by stretched administrative resources and a dogmatic application of a policy of stable staffing, despite increasing demands and responsibilities; points, for example, to the failure to provide sufficient staff to properly implement and enforce the Digital Services[13] and Digital Markets Acts[14], thus undercutting the legislation’s effectiveness and to the repeated redeployments from programmes to decentralised agencies to cover staffing needs; insists that staffing levels be determined by an objective needs assessment when legislation is proposed and definitively adopted, and factored into planning for administrative expenditure from the outset;

    88. Emphasises that the Commission has sought, to some degree, to circumvent its own stable staffing policy by increasing staff attached to programmes and facilities and thus not covered by the administrative spending ceiling; underscores, however, that such an approach merely masks the problem and may ultimately undermine the operational capacity of programmes; insists, therefore, that additional responsibilities require administrative expenditure and must not erode programme envelopes;

    89. Stresses that up-front investment in secure and interoperable IT infrastructure and data mining capabilities can also generate longer-term cost savings and hugely enhance policy delivery and tracking of spending;

    90. Acknowledges that, in the absence of any correction mechanism in the current MFF, high inflation has significantly driven up statutory costs, requiring extensive use of special instruments to cover the shortfall; regrets that the Council elected not to take up the Commission’s proposal to raise the ceiling for administrative expenditure in the MFF revision, thus further eroding special instruments;

    A long-term budget that is simpler and more transparent

    91. Stresses that the next MFF must be designed so as to simplify the lives of all beneficiaries by cutting unnecessary red tape; underlines that simplification will require harmonising rules and reporting requirements wherever possible, including, as relevant, ensuring consistency between the applicable rules at European, national and regional levels; underlines, in that respect, the need for a genuine, user-friendly single entry point for EU funding and a simplified application procedure designed in consultation with relevant stakeholders; points out, furthermore, that the next MFF must be implemented as close to people as possible;

    92. Calls for genuine simplification where there are overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions that should be uniform across programmes; considers that an assessment of which spending programmes should be included in the next MFF must be based on the above aspects, on the need to focus spending on clearly identified policy objectives with clear European added value and on the policy intervention logic of each programme; stresses that reducing the number of programmes is not an end in itself;

    93. Underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    94. Insists that simplification cannot come at the expense of the quality of programme design and implementation and that, therefore, a simpler budget must also be a more transparent budget, enabling better accountability, scrutiny, control of spending and reducing the risks of double funding, misuse and fraud; underlines that any reduction in programmes must be offset by a far more detailed breakdown of the budget by budget line, in contrast to some programme mergers in the current MFF, such as the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (NDICI – Global Europe), which is an example not to follow; calls, therefore, for a sufficiently detailed breakdown by budget line to enable the budgetary authority to exercise proper accountability and ensure that decision-making in the annual budgetary procedure and in the course of budget implementation is meaningful;

    95. Recalls that transparency is essential to retain citizens’ trust, and that fraud and misuse of funds are extremely detrimental to that trust; underlines, therefore, the need for Parliament to be able to control spending and assess whether discharge can be granted; insists that proper accountability requires robust auditing for all budgetary expenditure based on the application of a single audit trail; calls on the Commission to put in place harmonised and effective anti-fraud mechanisms across funding instruments for the post-2027 MFF that ensure the protection of the Union’s budget;

    96. Reiterates its long-standing position that all EU-level spending should be brought within the purview of the budgetary authority, thereby ensuring transparency, democratic control and protection of the Union’s financial interests; calls, therefore, for the full budgetisation of (partially) off-budget instruments such as the Social Climate Fund, the Innovation Fund and the Modernisation Fund, or their successors;

    A long-term budget that is more flexible and more responsive to crises and shocks

    97. Points out that, traditionally, the MFF has not been conceived with a crisis response or flexibility logic, but rather has been designed primarily to ensure medium-term investment predictability; underlines that, in a rapidly changing political, security, economic and social context, such an approach is no longer tenable; insists on sufficient in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF;

    98. Underscores that the current MFF has been beset by a lack of flexibility and an inability to adjust to evolving spending priorities; considers that the next MFF needs to strike a better balance between investment predictability and flexibility to adjust spending focus; highlights that spending in certain areas requires greater stability than in others where flexibility is more valuable; stresses that recurrent redeployments are not a viable way to finance the Union’s priorities as they damage investments and jeopardise the delivery of agreed policy objectives;

    99. Believes that, while allocating a significant portion of funding to objectives up-front, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; notes that the NDICI – Global Europe’s emerging challenges and priorities cushion provides a model for such a flexibility reserve, but that the decision-making process for its mobilisation must not be replicated in the future MFF; points to the need for stronger, more effective scrutiny powers of the co-legislators over the setting of policy priorities and objectives and a detailed budgetary breakdown to ensure that the budgetary authority is equipped to make meaningful and informed decisions;

    100. Underlines that the MFF must have sufficient margins under each heading to ensure that new instruments or spending objectives agreed over the programming period can be accommodated without eroding funding for other policy and long-term strategic objectives or eating into crisis response capacity;

    101. Underlines that the possibility for budgetary transfers under the Financial Regulation already provides for flexibility to adjust to evolving spending needs in the course of budget implementation; stresses that, under the current rules, the Commission has significant freedom to transfer considerable amounts between policy areas without budgetary authority approval, which limits scrutiny and control; calls, therefore, for the rules to be changed so as to introduce a maximum amount, in addition to a maximum percentage per budget line, for transfers without approval; considers that for transfers from Union institutions other than the Commission that are subject to a possible duly justified objection by Parliament or the Council, a threshold below which they would be exempt from that procedure could be a useful measure of simplification;

    102. Recalls that the current MFF has been placed under further strain due to high levels of inflation in a context where an annual 2 % deflator is applied to 2018 prices, reducing the budget’s real-terms value and squeezing its operational and administrative capacity; considers, therefore, that the future budget should be endowed with sufficient response capacity to enable the budget to adapt to inflationary shocks;

    103. Calls for a root-and-branch reform of the existing special instruments to bolster crisis response capacity and ensure an effective and swift reaction through more rapid mobilisation; underlines that the current instruments are both inadequate in size and constrained by excessive rigidity, with several effectively ring-fenced according to crisis type; points out that enhanced crisis response capacity will ensure that cohesion policy funds are not called upon for that purpose and can therefore be used for their intended investment objectives;

    104. Considers that the post-2027 MFF should include only two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters (the successor to the existing European Solidarity Reserve) and one for general-purpose crisis response and for responding to any unforeseen needs and emerging priorities, including where amounts in the special instrument for natural disasters are insufficient (the successor to the Flexibility Instrument); insists that both special instruments should be adequately funded from the outset and able to carry over unspent amounts indefinitely over the MFF period; believes that all other special instruments can either be wound up or subsumed into the two special instruments or into existing programmes;

    105. Calls for the future Flexibility Instrument to be heavily front-loaded and subsequently to be fed through a number of additional sources of financing: unspent margins from previous years (as with the current Single Margin Instrument), the annual surplus from the previous year, a fines-based mechanism modelled on the existing Article 5 of the MFF Regulation, reflows from financial instruments and decommitted appropriations; underlines that the next MFF should be designed such that the future special instruments are not required to cover debt repayment;

    106. Underlines that re-use of the surplus, of reflows from financial instruments and surplus provisioning and of decommitments would require amendments to the Financial Regulation;

    107. Points out that, with sufficient up-front resources and such arrangements for re-using unused funds, the budget would have far greater response capacity without impinging on the predictability of national GNI-based contributions; insists that an MFF endowed with greater flexibility and response capacity is less likely to require a substantial mid-term revision;

    A long-term budget that is more results-focused

    108. Emphasises that, in order to maximise impact, it is imperative that spending under the next MFF be much more rigorously aligned with the Union’s strategic policy aims and better coordinated with spending at national level; underlines that, in turn, consultation with regional and local authorities is vital to facilitate access to funding and ensure that Union support meets the real needs of final recipients and delivers tangible benefits for people; underscores the importance of technical assistance to implementing authorities to help ensure timely implementation, additionality of investments and therefore maximum impact;

    109. Underlines that, in order to support effective coordination between Union and national spending, the Commission envisages a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament play a full decision-making role in any coordination or steering mechanism;

    110. Considers that the RRF, with its focus on performance and links between reforms and investments and budgetary support, has helped to drive national investments and reforms that would not otherwise have taken place;

    111. Underlines that the RRF can help to inform the delivery of Union spending under shared management; recalls, however, that the RRF was agreed in the very specific context of the COVID-19 pandemic and cannot, therefore, be replicated wholesale for future investment programmes;

    112. Points out that spending under shared management in the next MFF must involve regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders from design to delivery through a place-based and multilevel governance approach and in line with an improved partnership principle, ensure the cross-border European dimension of investment projects, and focus on results and impact rather than outputs by setting measurable performance indicators, ensuring availability of relevant data and feeding into programme design and adjustment;

    113. Underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must safeguard Parliament’s role as legislator, budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account, putting in place strict accountability mechanisms and guaranteeing full transparency in relation to final recipients or groups of recipients of Union spending funds through an interoperable system enabling effective tracking of cash flows and project progress;

    114. Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach envisaged by the Commission is not in line with the principles set out above and cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; recalls that, in this regard, the Union is required, under Article 175 TFEU, to provide support through instruments for agricultural, regional and social spending;

    A long-term budget that manages liabilities sustainably

    115. Recalls Parliament’s very firm opposition to subjecting the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs to a cap within an MFF heading given that these costs are subject to market conditions, influenced by external factors and thus inherently volatile, and that the repayment of borrowing costs is a non-discretionary legal obligation; stresses that introducing new own resources is also necessary to prevent future generations from bearing the burden of past debts;

    116. Deplores the fact that, under the existing architecture and despite the joint declaration by the three institutions as part of the 2020 MFF agreement whereby expenditure to cover NGEU financing costs ‘shall aim at not reducing programmes and funds’, financing for key Union programmes and resources available for special instruments, even after the MFF revision, have de facto been competing with the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs in a context of steep inflation and rising interest rates; recalls that pressure on the budget driven by NGEU borrowing costs was a key factor in cuts to flagship programmes in the MFF revision;

    117. Underlines that, to date, the Union budget has been required only to repay interest related to NGEU and that, from 2028 onwards, the budget will also have to repay the capital; underscores that, according to the Commission, the total costs for NGEU capital and interest repayments are projected to be around EUR 25-30 billion a year from 2028, equivalent to 15-20 % of payment appropriations in the 2025 budget;

    118. Acknowledges that, while NGEU borrowing costs will be more stable in the next MFF period as bonds will already have been issued, the precise repayment profile will have an impact on the level of interest and thus on the degree of volatility; insists, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the MFF architecture;

    119. Points, in that regard, to the increasing demand for the Union budget to serve as a guarantee for the Union’s vital support through macro-financial assistance and the associated risks; underlines that, in the event of default or the withdrawal of national guarantees, the Union budget ultimately underwrites all macro-financial assistance loans and therefore bears significant and inherently unpredictable contingent liabilities, notably in relation to Ukraine;

    120. Calls, therefore, on the Commission to design a sound and durable architecture that enables sustainable management of all non-discretionary costs and liabilities, fully preserving Union programmes and the budget’s flexibility and response capacity;

    A long-term budget that is properly resourced and sustainably financed

    121. Underlines that, as described above, the budgetary needs post-2027 will be significantly higher than the amounts allocated to the 2021-2027 MFF and, in addition, will need to cover borrowing costs and debt repayment; insists, therefore, that the next MFF be endowed with significantly increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI, which has prevented the Union from delivering on its ambitions and deprived it of the ability to respond to crises and adapt to emerging needs;

    122. Considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with those resources, in line with its priorities and identified needs; considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing through the issuance of EU bonds presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    123. Reiterates the need for sustainable and resilient revenue for the Union budget; points to the legally binding roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources in the IIA, in which Parliament, the Council and the Commission undertook to introduce sufficient new own resources to at least cover the repayment of NGEU debt; underlines that, overall, the basket of new own resources should be fair, linked to broader Union policy aims and agreed on time and with sufficient volume to meet the heightened budgetary needs;

    124. Recalls its support for the amended Commission proposal on the system of own resources; is deeply concerned by the complete absence of progress on the system of own resources in the Council; calls on the Council to adopt this proposal as a matter of urgency; and urges the Commission to spare no effort in supporting the adoption process;

    125. Calls furthermore, on the Commission to continue efforts to identify additional innovative and genuine new own resources and other revenue sources beyond those specified in the IIA; stresses that new own resources are essential not only to enable repayment of NGEU borrowing, but to ensure that the Union is equipped to cover its the higher spending needs;

    126. Calls on the Commission to design a modernised budget with a renewed spending focus, driven by the need for fairness, greater simplification, a reduced administrative burden and more transparency, including on the revenue side; underlines that existing rebates and corrections automatically expire at the end of the current MFF;

    127. Welcomes the decision, in the recast of the Financial Regulation, to treat as negative revenue any interest or other charge due to a third party relating to amounts of fines, other penalties or sanctions that are cancelled or reduced by the Court of Justice; recalls that this solution comes to an end on 31 December 2027; invites the Commission to propose a definitive solution for the next MFF that achieves the same objective of avoiding any impact on the expenditure side of the budget;

    A long-term budget grounded in close interinstitutional cooperation

    128. Underlines that Parliament intends to fully exercise its prerogatives as legislator, budgetary authority and discharge authority under the Treaties;

    129. Recalls that the requirement for close interinstitutional cooperation between the Commission, the Council and Parliament from the early design stages to the final adoption of the MFF is enshrined in the Treaties and further detailed in the IIA;

    130. Emphasises Parliament’s commitment to play its role fully throughout the process; believes that the design of the MFF should be bottom-up and based on the extensive involvement of stakeholders; underlines, furthermore, the need for a strategic dialogue among the three institutions in the run-up to the MFF proposals;

    131. Calls on the Commission to put forward practical arrangements for cooperation and genuine negotiations from the outset; points, in particular, to the importance of convening meetings of the three Presidents, as per Article 324 TFEU, wherever they can aid progress, and insists that the Commission follow up when Parliament requests such meetings; reminds the Commission of its obligation to provide information to Parliament on an equal footing with the Council as the two arms of the budgetary authority and as co-legislators on MFF-related basic acts;

    132. Recalls that the IIA specifically provides for Parliament, the Council and the Commission to ‘seek to determine specific arrangements for cooperation and dialogue’; stresses that the cooperation provisions set out in the IIA, including regular meetings between Parliament and the Council, are a bare minimum and that much more is needed to give effect to the principle in Article 312(5) TFEU of taking ‘any measure necessary to facilitate the adoption of a new MFF’; calls, therefore, on the successive Council presidencies to respect not only the letter, but also the spirit of the Treaties;

    133. Recalls that the late adoption of the MFF regulation and related legislation for the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 periods led to significant delays, which hindered the proper implementation of EU programmes; insists, therefore, that every effort be made to ensure timely adoption of the upcoming MFF package;

    134. Expects the Commission, as part of the package of MFF proposals, to put forward a new IIA in line with the realities of the new budget, including with respect to the management of contingent liabilities; stresses that the changes to the Financial Regulation necessary for alignment with the new MFF should enter into force at the same time as the MFF Regulation;

    135. Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council and the Commission.

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    April 26, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: North American Construction Group Ltd. Announces Pricing of Private Placement Offering of $225 Million Senior Unsecured Notes

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ACHESON, Alberta, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — North American Construction Group Ltd. (“NACG”) (TSX: NOA / NYSE: NOA) announced today that it has entered into an underwriting agreement to sell, pursuant to a private placement offering (the “Offering”), $225 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due May 1, 2030 (the “Notes”). The Notes will be issued at a price of $1,000 per $1,000 of Notes. The Notes will accrue interest at the rate of 7.75% per annum, payable in cash in equal payments semi-annually in arrears each November 1 and May 1, commencing on November 1, 2025. The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture to be entered into between NACG and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

    NACG intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering to repay indebtedness under its existing Credit Agreement, and for general corporate purposes.

    The Notes are being conditionally offered for sale in Canada on a private placement basis pursuant to certain prospectus exemptions. The Notes have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act“), or any state securities laws, and are being offered and sold in the United States only to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and outside the United States in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act.

    The Offering is being led by National Bank Financial Inc., including its U.S. affiliates, ATB Securities Inc., Scotia Capital Inc., TD Securities Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., CIBC World Markets Inc., Canaccord Genuity Corp., Raymond James Ltd., and Ventum Financial Corp.

    Subject to customary closing conditions, the closing of the Offering is expected to occur on or about May 1, 2025.

    This news release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the Notes, nor shall there be any offer or sale of the Notes in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful.

    About the Company

    North American Construction Group Ltd. is a premier provider of heavy civil construction and mining services in Australia, Canada, and the U.S. For over 70 years, NACG has provided services to the mining, resource and infrastructure construction markets.

    Forward-Looking Information

    The information provided in this release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” or similar expressions and include guidance with respect to the Offering, including, but not limited to, the expected closing of the Offering and the use of proceeds of the Offering. The material factors or assumptions used to develop the above forward-looking statements, and the risks and uncertainties to which such forward-looking statements are subject, include, but are not limited to, the closing of the Offering, the anticipated closing date of the Offering and the expected use of proceeds of the Offering, interest rates and market conditions, heavy equipment demand, and credit risks and existing indebtedness. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements because of any number of factors and uncertainties, many of which are beyond NACG’s control. Although NACG believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, such statements involve risks and uncertainties, and NACG cautions you to not place undue reliance upon forward-looking statements. NACG undertakes no obligation, other than those required by applicable law, to update or revise such forward-looking statements. For more complete information about NACG, please read our disclosure documents filed with the SEC and the CSA. These free documents can be obtained by visiting EDGAR on the SEC website at www.sec.gov or on the CSA website at www.sedarplus.ca and on our company website at www.nacg.ca.

    For more information, contact:

    Jason Veenstra, CPA, CA
    Chief Financial Officer
    North American Construction Group Ltd.
    (780) 960.7171
    ir@nacg.ca
    www.nacg.ca

    Source: North American Construction Group Ltd.

    The MIL Network –

    April 26, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Ponce Financial Group, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ponce Financial Group, Inc., (the “Company”) (NASDAQ: PDLB), the holding company for Ponce Bank (the “Bank”), today announced results for the first quarter of 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights (Compared to Prior Periods):

    • Net income available to common stockholders was $5.7 million, or $0.25 per diluted share for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to net income available to common stockholders of $2.7 million, or $0.12 per diluted share for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income available to common stockholders of $2.4 million, or $0.11 per diluted share for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Total net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $6.0 million. The Company paid dividends of $0.3 million on its preferred stock during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
    • Included in the $5.7 million of net income available to common stockholders for the first quarter of 2025 results is $44.0 million in interest and dividend income, $2.4 million in non-interest income and $0.3 million in benefit for credit losses, offset by $21.8 million in interest expense, $16.9 million in non-interest expense, $2.0 million in provision for income taxes and $0.3 million in dividends on preferred shares.
    • Net interest income of $22.2 million for the first quarter of 2025 increased $1.5 million, or 7.11%, from the prior quarter and increased $3.4 million, or 17.96%, from the same quarter last year. 
    • Net interest margin was 2.98% for the first quarter of 2025, versus 2.80% for the prior quarter and 2.71% for the same quarter last year.
    • Non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $2.4 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 13.54%, from $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and an increase of $0.7 million, or 39.48%, from $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $16.9 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 3.30%, from $17.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.61%, compared to $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Cash and equivalents were $129.9 million as of March 31, 2025, a decrease of $9.9 million, or 7.11%, from $139.8 million as of December 31, 2024.
    • Securities totaled $461.6 million as of March 31, 2025, a decrease of $11.3 million, or 2.39%, from $472.9 million as of December 31, 2024 primarily due to regular principal payments and the call of one available-for-sale security in the amount of $1.0 million.
    • Net loans receivable were $2.37 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $84.3 million, or 3.69%, from $2.29 billion as of December 31, 2024.
    • Deposits were $2.00 billion as of March 31, 2025, an increase of $120.1 million, or 6.37%, from $1.88 billion as of December 31, 2024.

    President and Chief Executive Officer’s Comments

    Carlos P. Naudon, Ponce Financial Group, Inc.’s President and CEO, stated “We continued executing well our strategy of focusing on net interest margin, operating expenses and fee income, which translated into several positive trends this quarter. Our net interest margin this quarter increased by 18 basis points, reflecting both our high-yielding construction loans and our decreasing borrowing costs. In fact, our loan yields rose by 9 basis points while our cost of funds decreased by 10 basis points. Our operating expenses have decreased quarter over quarter, and our non-interest income compares favorably to prior periods. All-in-all, a very good quarter in these turbulent and uncertain times.”

    Executive Chairman’s Comment

    Steven A. Tsavaris, Ponce Financial Group’s Executive Chairman added “Most of our high-yielding construction lending has an additional benefit – it qualifies as Deep Impact lending under the U.S. Treasury’s Emergency Capital Investment Program and serves to lower the dividends payable on our preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury. Importantly, our construction initiatives also reflect our conservative underwriting, high developer equity requirements and short duration. Of our 64 on-going projects, more than 43 percent already have at least a temporary certificate of occupancy and 80 percent are at least halfway through construction.” 

    The table below indicate the Key Metrics at or for the three months ended:

        At or for the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Performance Ratios:                              
    Return on average assets(1)     0.77 %     0.38 %     0.33 %     0.45 %     0.33 %
    Return on common equity(1)     7.97 %     3.76 %     3.06 %     4.60 %     3.61 %
    Net interest margin(1) (2)     2.98 %     2.80 %     2.65 %     2.62 %     2.71 %
    Non-interest expense to average assets(1)     2.19 %     2.25 %     2.19 %     2.28 %     2.35 %
    Efficiency ratio(3)     68.70 %     75.63 %     80.87 %     80.09 %     82.56 %
    Capital Ratios:                              
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets (Ponce Financial Group)     22.84 %     22.98 %     22.87 %     23.86 %     24.47 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (Ponce Financial Group)     12.51 %     12.44 %     12.28 %     12.71 %     12.98 %
    Tier 1 capital to total assets (Ponce Financial Group)     16.84 %     17.70 %     17.81 %     17.88 %     17.59 %
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only)     21.38 %     21.47 %     21.61 %     22.47 %     22.79 %
    Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (Bank only)     20.35 %     20.40 %     20.45 %     21.24 %     21.54 %
    Tier 1 capital to total assets (Bank only)     15.61 %     15.81 %     16.19 %     16.70 %     16.26 %
    Asset Quality Ratios:                              
    Allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of total loans     0.96 %     0.97 %     1.09 %     1.18 %     1.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of nonperforming loans     84.15 %     82.29 %     139.52 %     130.28 %     140.90 %
    Net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans(1)     (0.04 %)     (0.45 %)     (0.17 %)     (0.10 %)     (0.25 %)
    Non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets     0.88 %     0.90 %     0.57 %     0.65 %     0.62 %
    Other:                              
    Number of offices     18       19       19       18       18  
    Number of full-time equivalent employees     211       218       228       227       233  
                                   

    (1) Annualized where appropriate.
    (2) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
    (3) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

    Summary of Results of Operations

    Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $6.0 million compared to net income of $2.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and net income of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $3.0 million increase of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 was attributed mainly to increases of $1.5 million in net interest income, an increase of $1.2 million in benefit for credit losses, a decrease of $0.6 million in non-interest expense and an increase of $0.3 million in non-interest income; partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in provision for income taxes.

    The $3.5 million increase of net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024 was largely due to increases of $3.4 million in net interest income, $0.7 million in non-interest income and $0.3 million in benefit for credit losses, partially offset by increases of $0.7 million in provision for income taxes and $0.1 million in non-interest expense

    Net Interest Income and Net Margin

    Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased $1.5 million, or 7.11%, to $22.2 million compared to $20.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and increased $3.4 million, or 17.96%, compared to $18.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $1.5 million increase in net interest income from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was attributable to an increase of $1.1 million in total interest and dividend income and a decrease of $0.4 million in total interest expense.

    The $3.4 million increase in net interest income from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was attributable to an increase of $4.3 million in total interest and dividend income, offset by an increase of $0.9 million in total interest expense.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, benefit for credit losses amounted to $0.3 million, compared to $0.9 million in provision for credit losses for the prior quarter and a credit loss benefit on loans of less than $0.1 million during the first quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin was 2.98% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 2.80% for the prior quarter, an increase of 18bps and 2.71% for the same period last year, an increase of 27bps.

    Non-interest Income

    Non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $2.4 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 13.54%, compared to $2.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and an increase of $0.7 million, or 39.48%, compared to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $0.3 million increase in non-interest income from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was largely attributable to increases of $0.4 million in late and prepayment charges and $0.3 million in income on sale of SBA loans, partially offset by decreases of $0.2 million in other non-interest income and $0.1 million in income on sale of mortgage loans.

    The $0.7 million increase in non-interest income from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was largely attributable to increases of $0.4 million in income on sale of SBA loans and $0.3 million in late and prepayment charges, partially offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in income on the sale of mortgage loans.

    Non-interest Expense

    Non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $16.9 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 3.30%, compared to $17.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.61%, compared to $16.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    The $0.6 million decrease in non-interest expense from the three months ended December 31, 2024 was mainly attributable to decreases of $0.3 million in professional fees, $0.2 million in marketing and promotional expenses, $0.2 million in direct loan expenses, $0.1 million in office supplies, telephone and postage, partially offset by an increase of $0.1 million in compensation and benefits.

    The $0.1 million increase in non-interest expense from the three months ended March 31, 2024 was mainly attributable to increases of $0.5 million in other operating expense and $0.2 million in occupancy and equipment, partially offset by decreases of $0.4 million in professional fees and $0.3 million in direct loan expenses.

    Credit Quality:

    Non-performing loans were $32.0 million at March 31, 2025 compared to $32.1 million at December 31, 2024 and $22.4 million at March 31, 2024.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, a credit loss benefit of $0.3 million on loans was recorded, consisting of $0.7 million charged on the funded portion and a benefit of $1.0 million on the unfunded portion on loans. During the three months ended December 31, 2024, a credit loss provision of $0.9 million on loans were recorded, consisting of $1.1 million charged on the funded portion and a benefit of $0.2 million on unfunded portion on loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2024, a credit loss benefit of $0.1 million on loans were recorded, consisting of $0.3 million benefit on the funded portion and a $0.2 million charged on the on unfunded portion on loans.

    Balance Sheet Summary

    Total assets increased $49.9 million, or 1.64%, to $3.09 billion as of March 31, 2025 from $3.04 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase in total assets is largely attributable to increases of $84.3 million in net loans receivable, $1.2 million in accrued interest receivable and $0.4 million in right of use assets, partially offset by decreases of $9.9 million in cash and cash equivalents, $9.9 million in held-to-maturity securities, $8.4 million in other assets, $3.4 million in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, $2.2 million in mortgage loans held for sale and $1.4 million in available-for-sale securities.

    Total liabilities increased $41.5 million, or 1.64%, to $2.58 billion as of March 31, 2025 from $2.53 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase in total liabilities was largely attributable to an increase of $120.1 million in deposits, $2.6 million in advance payments by borrowers for taxes, $0.9 million in accrued interest payable, $0.4 million in operating lease liabilities, partially offset by decreases of $75.0 million in borrowings and $7.5 million in other liabilities.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $8.4 million, or 1.66%, to $513.9 million as of March 31, 2025, from $505.5 million as of December 31, 2024. The $8.4 million increase in stockholders’ equity was largely attributable to $6.0 million in net income, $1.8 million in other comprehensive income, $0.5 million impact to additional paid in capital as a result of share-based compensation and $0.4 million from release of ESOP shares, offset by $0.3 million in dividends on preferred shares.

    About Ponce Financial Group, Inc.

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. is the holding company for Ponce Bank. Ponce Bank is a Minority Depository Institution, a Community Development Financial Institution, and a certified Small Business Administration lender. Ponce Bank’s business primarily consists of taking deposits from the general public and to a lesser extent alternative funding sources and investing those funds, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in mortgage loans, consisting of 1-4 family residences (investor-owned and owner-occupied), multifamily residences, nonresidential properties, construction and land, and, to a lesser extent, in business and consumer loans. Ponce Bank also invests in securities, which consist of U.S. Government and federal agency securities and securities issued by government-sponsored or government-owned enterprises, as well as, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and obligations, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements may be identified by words such as “believes,” “will,” “would,” “expects,” “project,” “may,” “could,” “developments,” “strategic,” “launching,” “opportunities,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets” and similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors. Factors that could cause such differences to exist include, but are not limited to, adverse conditions in the capital and debt markets and the impact of such conditions on business activities; changes in interest rates; competitive pressures from other financial institutions; the effects of general economic conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which Ponce Bank operates, including changes that adversely affect borrowers’ ability to service and repay Ponce Bank’s loans; changes in U.S. trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs, and their related impacts on the economy; changes in the value of securities in the investment portfolio; changes in loan default and charge-off rates; fluctuations in real estate values; the adequacy of loan loss reserves; decreases in deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans and investments; operational risks including, but not limited to, cybersecurity, fraud and natural disasters; changes in government regulation; changes in accounting standards and practices; the risk that intangibles recorded in the financial statements will become impaired; demand for loans in Ponce Bank’s market area; Ponce Bank’s ability to attract and maintain deposits; risks related to the implementation of acquisitions, dispositions, and restructurings; the risk that Ponce Financial Group, Inc. may not be successful in the implementation of its business strategy; changes in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements and the risk factors described in Ponce Financial Group, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this release. Ponce Financial Group, Inc. disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except as may be required by applicable law or regulation.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc.
    and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
    (Dollars in thousands, except for share data)

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    ASSETS                              
    Cash and due from banks:                              
    Cash   $ 32,113     $ 35,478     $ 32,061     $ 23,128     $ 29,972  
    Interest-bearing deposits     97,780       104,361       123,751       80,038       104,752  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     129,893       139,839       155,812       103,166       134,724  
    Available-for-sale securities, at fair value     103,570       104,970       111,005       113,125       116,044  
    Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost     358,024       367,938       403,736       442,113       452,955  
    Placement with banks     249       249       249       249       249  
    Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value     8,567       10,736       9,566       37,764       7,860  
    Loans receivable, net     2,370,931       2,286,599       2,180,331       2,022,173       1,981,428  
    Accrued interest receivable     19,008       17,771       16,890       17,441       18,063  
    Premises and equipment, net     16,417       16,794       16,843       16,976       17,396  
    Right of use assets     29,496       29,093       29,785       30,349       31,021  
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock (FHLBNY), at cost     25,807       29,182       28,515       23,972       23,892  
    Deferred tax assets     11,629       12,074       11,845       13,172       13,919  
    Other assets     16,245       24,693       51,392       21,507       21,151  
    Total assets   $ 3,089,836     $ 3,039,938     $ 3,015,969     $ 2,842,007     $ 2,818,702  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                              
    Liabilities:                              
    Deposits   $ 2,004,947     $ 1,884,864     $ 1,870,323     $ 1,606,097     $ 1,585,784  
    Operating lease liabilities     31,126       30,696       31,343       31,861       32,486  
    Accrued interest payable     4,628       3,712       2,918       6,820       4,218  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance     12,901       10,349       13,733       10,838       13,245  
    Borrowings     521,100       596,100       580,421       680,421       680,421  
    Other liabilities     1,248       8,717       12,642       8,313       8,866  
    Total liabilities     2,575,950       2,534,438       2,511,380       2,344,350       2,325,020  
    Commitments and contingencies                              
    Stockholders’ Equity:                              
    Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized     225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000  
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized     249       249       249       249       249  
    Treasury stock, at cost     (7,641 )     (7,707 )     (9,445 )     (9,519 )     (9,702 )
    Additional paid-in-capital     207,888       207,319       208,478       207,934       207,584  
    Retained earnings     113,432       107,754       105,103       102,951       99,834  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (13,515 )     (15,297 )     (12,686 )     (16,557 )     (16,590 )
    Unearned compensation ─ ESOP     (11,527 )     (11,818 )     (12,110 )     (12,401 )     (12,693 )
    Total stockholders’ equity     513,886       505,500       504,589       497,657       493,682  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,089,836     $ 3,039,938     $ 3,015,969     $ 2,842,007     $ 2,818,702  
                                             

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Interest and dividend income:                              
    Interest on loans receivable   $ 37,136     $ 35,622     $ 32,945     $ 31,281     $ 30,664  
    Interest on deposits due from banks     1,668       1,783       2,430       1,542       2,911  
    Interest and dividend on securities and FHLBNY stock     5,193       5,481       5,918       5,969       6,091  
    Total interest and dividend income     43,997       42,886       41,293       38,792       39,666  
    Interest expense:                              
    Interest on certificates of deposit     7,754       8,104       6,926       6,358       6,380  
    Interest on other deposits     8,554       8,476       8,519       7,389       6,540  
    Interest on borrowings     5,486       5,576       6,825       7,141       7,923  
    Total interest expense     21,794       22,156       22,270       20,888       20,843  
    Net interest income     22,203       20,730       19,023       17,904       18,823  
    (Benefit) provision for credit losses(1)     (285 )     897       537       (867 )     (16 )
    Net interest income after (benefit) provision for credit losses     22,488       19,833       18,486       18,771       18,839  
    Non-interest income:                              
    Service charges and fees     525       500       508       492       473  
    Brokerage commissions     4       44       —       9       8  
    Late and prepayment charges     697       318       77       426       359  
    Income on sale of mortgage loans     148       254       218       274       302  
    Income on sale of SBA loans     404       148       —       —       —  
    Other     603       833       348       1,057       565  
    Total non-interest income     2,381       2,097       1,151       2,258       1,707  
    Non-interest expense:                              
    Compensation and benefits     7,780       7,668       7,674       7,724       7,844  
    Occupancy and equipment     3,913       3,863       3,786       3,564       3,667  
    Data processing expenses     1,152       1,143       1,099       1,013       1,127  
    Direct loan expenses     388       617       573       633       732  
    Insurance and surety bond premiums     315       293       292       263       253  
    Office supplies, telephone and postage     170       294       222       233       249  
    Professional fees     1,364       1,703       1,351       1,369       1,723  
    Microloans recoveries     —       (29 )     (54 )     (65 )     (53 )
    Marketing and promotional expenses     83       289       180       145       100  
    Federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessment(2)     461       418       392       428       389  
    Other operating expenses(2)     1,262       1,206       1,051       1,333       755  
    Total non-interest expense(1)     16,888       17,465       16,566       16,640       16,786  
    Income before income taxes     7,981       4,465       3,071       4,389       3,760  
    Provision for income taxes     2,022       1,532       638       1,197       1,346  
    Net income   $ 5,959     $ 2,933     $ 2,433     $ 3,192     $ 2,414  
    Dividends on preferred shares     281       282       281       75       —  
    Net income available to common stockholders   $ 5,678     $ 2,651     $ 2,152     $ 3,117     $ 2,414  
    Earnings per common share:                              
    Basic   $ 0.25     $ 0.12     $ 0.10     $ 0.14     $ 0.11  
    Diluted   $ 0.25     $ 0.12     $ 0.10     $ 0.14     $ 0.11  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding:                              
    Basic     22,662,916       22,528,160       22,446,009       22,409,803       22,353,492  
    Diluted     22,876,740       22,807,644       22,612,028       22,419,309       22,366,728  
                                             

    (1) For the three months ended December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, (benefit) provision for contingencies in the amounts of ($0.2 million), ($0.3 million), ($0.5 million) and $0.2 million were reclassified from total non-interest expense to (benefit) provision for credit losses.

    (2) For the three months ended September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, $0.3 million of federal deposit insurance was reclassified from other operating expenses to federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments and $0.1 million of directors’ fees were reclassified from federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments to other operating expenses for each periods.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024     Variance $     Variance %  
    Interest and dividend income:                        
    Interest on loans receivable   $ 37,136     $ 30,664     $ 6,472       21.11 %
    Interest on deposits due from banks     1,668       2,911       (1,243 )     (42.70 %)
    Interest and dividend on securities and FHLBNY stock     5,193       6,091       (898 )     (14.74 %)
    Total interest and dividend income     43,997       39,666       4,331       10.92 %
    Interest expense:                        
    Interest on certificates of deposit     7,754       6,380       1,374       21.54 %
    Interest on other deposits     8,554       6,540       2,014       30.80 %
    Interest on borrowings     5,486       7,923       (2,437 )     (30.76 %)
    Total interest expense     21,794       20,843       951       4.56 %
    Net interest income     22,203       18,823       3,380       17.96 %
    Benefit for credit losses (1)     (285 )     (16 )     (269 )     1,681.25 %
    Net interest income after benefit for credit losses     22,488       18,839       3,649       19.37 %
    Non-interest income:                        
    Service charges and fees     525       473       52       10.99 %
    Brokerage commissions     4       8       (4 )     (50.00 %)
    Late and prepayment charges     697       359       338       94.15 %
    Income on sale of mortgage loans     148       302       (154 )     (50.99 %)
    Income on sale of SBA loans     404       —       404       — %
    Other     603       565       38       6.73 %
    Total non-interest income     2,381       1,707       674       39.48 %
    Non-interest expense:                        
    Compensation and benefits     7,780       7,844       (64 )     (0.82 %)
    Occupancy and equipment     3,913       3,667       246       6.71 %
    Data processing expenses     1,152       1,127       25       2.22 %
    Direct loan expenses     388       732       (344 )     (46.99 %)
    Insurance and surety bond premiums     315       253       62       24.51 %
    Office supplies, telephone and postage     170       249       (79 )     (31.73 %)
    Professional fees     1,364       1,723       (359 )     (20.84 %)
    Microloans recoveries     —       (53 )     53       (100.00 %)
    Marketing and promotional expenses     83       100       (17 )     (17.00 %)
    Federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments (2)     461       389       72       18.51 %
    Other operating expenses (2)     1,262       755       507       67.15 %
    Total non-interest expense (1)     16,888       16,786       102       0.61 %
    Income before income taxes     7,981       3,760       4,221       112.26 %
    Provision for income taxes     2,022       1,346       676       50.22 %
    Net income   $ 5,959     $ 2,414     $ 3,545       146.85 %
    Dividends on preferred shares     281       —       281       — %
    Net income available to common stockholders   $ 5,678     $ 2,414     $ 3,264       135.21 %
    Earnings per common share:                        
    Basic   $ 0.25     $ 0.11     $ 0.14       127.27 %
    Diluted   $ 0.25     $ 0.11     $ 0.14       127.27 %
    Weighted average common shares outstanding:                        
    Basic     22,662,916       22,353,492       309,424       1.38 %
    Diluted     22,876,740       22,366,728       510,012       2.28 %
     

    (1) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, provision for contingencies in the amount of $0.2 million were reclassified from total non-interest expense to benefit for credit losses.

    (2) For the three months ended March 31, 2024, $0.3 million of federal deposit insurance was reclassified from other operating expenses to federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments and $0.1 million of directors’ fees were reclassified from federal deposit insurance and regulatory assessments to other operating expenses.  


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Loans Receivable excluding Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Mortgage loans:                                                            
    1-4 family residential                                                            
    Investor Owned   $ 325,866       13.62 %   $ 330,053       14.30 %   $ 332,380       15.09 %   $ 337,292       16.49 %   $ 339,331       16.92 %
    Owner-Occupied     137,676       5.75 %     142,363       6.17 %     145,065       6.59 %     147,485       7.21 %     150,842       7.52 %
    Multifamily residential     675,541       28.24 %     670,159       29.04 %     678,029       30.78 %     545,323       26.66 %     545,825       27.22 %
    Nonresidential properties     390,681       16.33 %     389,898       16.89 %     383,277       17.40 %     337,583       16.51 %     327,350       16.32 %
    Construction and land     815,425       34.08 %     733,660       31.79 %     631,461       28.67 %     641,879       31.39 %     608,665       30.35 %
    Total mortgage loans     2,345,189       98.02 %     2,266,133       98.19 %     2,170,212       98.53 %     2,009,562       98.26 %     1,972,013       98.33 %
    Non-mortgage loans:                                                            
    Business loans     46,329       1.94 %     40,849       1.77 %     28,499       1.29 %     30,222       1.48 %     26,664       1.33 %
    Consumer loans(1)     997       0.04 %     1,038       0.04 %     4,021       0.18 %     5,305       0.26 %     6,741       0.34 %
    Total non-mortgage loans     47,326       1.98 %     41,887       1.81 %     32,520       1.47 %     35,527       1.74 %     33,405       1.67 %
    Total loans, gross     2,392,515       100.00 %     2,308,020       100.00 %     2,202,732       100.00 %     2,045,089       100.00 %     2,005,418       100.00 %
    Net deferred loan origination costs     1,390             1,081             1,565             1,145             674        
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (22,974 )           (22,502 )           (23,966 )           (24,061 )           (24,664 )      
    Loans, net   $ 2,370,931           $ 2,286,599           $ 2,180,331           $ 2,022,173           $ 1,981,428        
                                                                           

    (1)   As of September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, consumer loans include $3.0 million, $4.3 million, and $5.7 million, respectively, of microloans originated by the Bank. As of December 31, 2024, these microloans were charged-off.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

        For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2024     2024     2024     2024     2024  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans at beginning of the period   $ 22,502     $ 23,966     $ 24,061     $ 24,664     $ 26,154  
    Provision (benefit) for credit losses on loans     731       1,090       801       (120 )     (255 )
    Charge-offs:                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residences                              
    Investor owned     (38 )     —       —       —       —  
    Owner occupied     —       —       —       —       —  
    Multifamily residences     —       —       —       —       —  
    Nonresidential properties     —       —       (7 )     —       —  
    Construction and land     —       —       —       —       —  
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     (222 )     (232 )     (450 )     —       (52 )
    Consumer     (3 )     (2,465 )     (634 )     (747 )     (1,302 )
    Total charge-offs     (263 )     (2,697 )     (1,091 )     (747 )     (1,354 )
    Recoveries:                              
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     4       —       1       7       1  
    Consumer     —       143       194       257       118  
    Total recoveries     4       143       195       264       119  
    Net (charge-offs) recoveries     (259 )     (2,554 )     (896 )     (483 )     (1,235 )
    Allowance for credit losses on loans at end of the period   $ 22,974     $ 22,502     $ 23,966     $ 24,061     $ 24,664  
                                             

    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Deposits

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Demand   $ 212,139       10.58 %   $ 169,178       8.98 %   $ 182,737       9.78 %   $ 178,125       11.09 %   $ 191,541       12.07 %
    Interest-bearing deposits:                                                            
    NOW/IOLA accounts     74,430       3.71 %     62,616       3.32 %     71,445       3.82 %     81,178       5.05 %     73,202       4.62 %
    Money market accounts     692,753       34.55 %     636,219       33.75 %     660,168       35.30 %     502,255       31.27 %     482,344       30.42 %
    Reciprocal deposits     141,838       7.07 %     130,677       6.93 %     94,145       5.03 %     109,945       6.85 %     97,718       6.16 %
    Savings accounts     106,122       5.29 %     105,870       5.62 %     108,941       5.82 %     109,694       6.83 %     112,713       7.11 %
    Total NOW, money market, reciprocal and savings accounts     1,015,143       50.62 %     935,382       49.62 %     934,699       49.97 %     803,072       50.00 %     765,977       48.31 %
    Certificates of deposit of $250K or more(1)     219,721       10.96 %     204,293       10.84 %     210,262       11.25 %     189,683       11.82 %     183,478       11.57 %
    Brokered certificates of deposit(2)     84,531       4.22 %     94,531       5.02 %     94,531       5.05 %     94,614       5.89 %     94,689       5.97 %
    Listing service deposits(2)     6,140       0.31 %     7,376       0.39 %     7,376       0.39 %     9,361       0.58 %     12,688       0.80 %
    All other certificates of deposit less than $250K(1)     467,273       23.31 %     474,104       25.15 %     440,718       23.56 %     331,242       20.62 %     337,411       21.28 %
    Total certificates of deposit     777,665       38.80 %     780,304       41.40 %     752,887       40.25 %     624,900       38.91 %     628,266       39.62 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,792,808       89.42 %     1,715,686       91.02 %     1,687,586       90.22 %     1,427,972       88.91 %     1,394,243       87.93 %
    Total deposits   $ 2,004,947       100.00 %   $ 1,884,864       100.00 %   $ 1,870,323       100.00 %   $ 1,606,097       100.00 %   $ 1,585,784       100.00 %
                                                                                     

    (1) As of September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, $36.2 million, $33.5 million and $37.2 million, respectively, were reclassified from all other certificates of deposit less than $250K to certificates of deposit of $250K or more.

    (2) There were no individual listing service deposits amounting to $250,000 or more. There was one brokered certificates of deposit in the amount of $1.5 million amounting to $250,000 or more. All other brokered certificates of deposit individually amounted to less than $250,000.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Nonperforming Assets

        As of Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
           
        (Dollars in thousands)  
    Non-accrual loans:                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 1,052     $ 436     $ 436     $ 436     $ 399  
    Owner occupied     1,423       1,423       1,423       1,423       1,426  
    Multifamily residential     9,788       10,271       4,685       5,754       4,098  
    Nonresidential properties     —       —       824       828       441  
    Construction and land     14,159       14,158       8,907       8,907       10,277  
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     170       343       180       396       146  
    Consumer     —       —       —       —       —  
    Total non-accrual loans (not including non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty)(1)   $ 26,592     $ 26,631     $ 16,455     $ 17,744     $ 16,787  
                                   
    Non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1):                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 279     $ 279     $ 278     $ 277     $ 270  
    Owner occupied     431       435       444       448       447  
    Multifamily residential     —       —       —       —       —  
    Nonresidential properties     —       —       —       —       —  
    Construction and land     —       —       —       —       —  
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     —       —       —       —       —  
    Consumer     —       —       —       —       —  
    Total non-accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)     710       714       722       725       717  
    Total non-accrual loans(2)   $ 27,302     $ 27,345     $ 17,177     $ 18,469     $ 17,504  
                                   
    Accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty (1):                              
    Mortgage loans:                              
    1-4 family residential                              
    Investor owned   $ 1,792     $ 1,807     $ 1,821     $ 1,830     $ 1,850  
    Owner occupied     2,038       2,062       2,116       2,171       2,288  
    Multifamily residential     —       —       —       —       —  
    Nonresidential properties     644       652       672       707       748  
    Construction and land     —       —       —       —       —  
    Non-mortgage loans:                              
    Business     209       215       222       —       —  
    Consumer     —       —       —       —       —  
    Total accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)   $ 4,683     $ 4,736     $ 4,831     $ 4,708     $ 4,886  
    Total non-performing assets and accruing modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty(1)   $ 31,985     $ 32,081     $ 22,008     $ 23,177     $ 22,390  
    Total non-performing assets to total assets     0.88 %     0.90 %     0.57 %     0.65 %     0.62 %
                                             

    (1) Balances include both modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, in accordance with ASU 2022-02 adopted on January 1, 2023, and previously existing troubled debt restructurings.

    (2) Includes nonperforming mortgage loans held for sale.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Average Balance Sheets

        For the Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025     2024  
        Average               Average            
        Outstanding           Average   Outstanding           Average
        Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate(1)   Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate(1)
         
        (Dollars in thousands)
    Interest-earning assets:                                
    Loans(2)   $ 2,369,433     $ 37,136     6.36 %   $ 1,979,263     $ 30,664     6.23 %
    Securities(3)     467,560       4,521     3.92 %     576,235       5,619     3.92 %
    Other(4)     186,021       2,340     5.10 %     238,432       3,383     5.71 %
    Total interest-earning assets     3,023,014       43,997     5.90 %     2,793,930       39,666     5.71 %
    Non-interest-earning assets     109,166                 106,566            
    Total assets   $ 3,132,180               $ 2,900,496            
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    NOW/IOLA   $ 72,354     $ 115     0.64 %   $ 82,849     $ 218     1.06 %
    Money market     827,948       8,411     4.12 %     544,563       6,292     4.65 %
    Savings     105,171       26     0.10 %     113,501       28     0.10 %
    Certificates of deposit     794,270       7,754     3.96 %     629,528       6,380     4.08 %
    Total deposits     1,799,743       16,306     3.67 %     1,370,441       12,918     3.79 %
    Advance payments by borrowers     12,445       2     0.07 %     12,886       2     0.06 %
    Borrowings     568,601       5,486     3.91 %     771,070       7,923     4.13 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     2,380,789       21,794     3.71 %     2,154,397       20,843     3.89 %
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                
    Non-interest-bearing demand     196,627       —           198,862       —      
    Other non-interest-bearing liabilities     43,915       —           54,061       —      
    Total non-interest-bearing liabilities     240,542       —           252,923       —      
    Total liabilities     2,621,331       21,794           2,407,320       20,843      
    Total equity     510,849                 493,176            
    Total liabilities and total equity   $ 3,132,180           3.71 %   $ 2,900,496           3.89 %
    Net interest income         $ 22,203               $ 18,823      
    Net interest rate spread(5)               2.19 %               1.82 %
    Net interest-earning assets(6)   $ 642,225               $ 639,533            
    Net interest margin(7)               2.98 %               2.71 %
    Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities               126.98 %               129.69 %
                                         
     

    (1) Annualized where appropriate.
    (2) Loans include loans and mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value.
    (3) Securities include available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.
    (4) Includes FHLBNY demand account, FHLBNY stock dividends and FRBNY demand deposits.
    (5) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.
    (6) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
    (7) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.


    Ponce Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    Other Data

        As of  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Other Data                              
    Common shares issued     24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711       24,886,711  
    Less treasury shares     920,520       925,497       1,067,248       1,074,979       1,096,214  
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     23,966,191       23,961,214       23,819,463       23,811,732       23,790,497  
                                   
    Book value per common share   $ 12.05     $ 11.71     $ 11.74     $ 11.45     $ 11.29  
    Tangible book value per common share   $ 12.05     $ 11.71     $ 11.74     $ 11.45     $ 11.29  
                                             

    Contact:
    Sergio J. Vaccaro
    sergio.vaccaro@poncebank.net
    718-931-9000

    The MIL Network –

    April 26, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Lakeland Financial Reports a 12% Increase in Net Interest Income and Organic Loan Growth of 4%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WARSAW, Ind., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Lakeland Financial Corporation (Nasdaq Global Select/LKFN), parent company of Lake City Bank, today reported net income of $20.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which represents a decrease of $3.3 million, or 14%, compared with net income of $23.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. Diluted earnings per share were $0.78 for the first quarter of 2025 and decreased $0.13, or 14%, compared to $0.91 for the first quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, net income decreased $4.1 million, or 17%, to $24.2 million. Diluted earnings per share decreased $0.16, or 17%, from $0.94 on a linked quarter basis.

    Pretax pre-provision earnings, which is a non-GAAP measure, were $31.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $1.7 million, or 6%, compared to $29.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    “Our first quarter results are highlighted by double digit growth in net interest income and strong net interest margin expansion,” stated David M. Findlay, Chairman and CEO. “Further, we continued to experience healthy loan growth that was funded with equally positive deposit growth. The Lake City Bank team delivered encouraging operating results in the quarter.”

    Quarterly Financial Performance

    First Quarter 2025 versus First Quarter 2024 highlights:

    • Tangible book value per share grew by $1.80, or 7%, to $26.85
    • Average loans grew by $214.9 million, or 4%, to $5.19 billion
    • Core deposits grew by $402.5 million, or 7%, to $5.83 billion
    • Net interest margin improved 25 basis points to 3.40% versus 3.15%
    • Net interest income increased by $5.5 million, or 12%
    • Revenue grew by 6% from $60.0 million to $63.8 million
    • Provision expense of $6.8 million, compared to $1.5 million
    • Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans increased to 4.13% from 3.67%
    • Pretax, pre-provision earnings increased by $1.7 million, or 6%
    • Common equity tier 1 capital improved to 14.51%, compared to 14.21%
    • Tangible capital ratio improved to 10.09%, compared to 9.80%
    • Average equity increased by $51.0 million, or 8%

    First Quarter 2025 versus Fourth Quarter 2024 highlights:

    • Tangible book value per share grew by $0.38, or 1%, to $26.85
    • Average loans grew by $99.3 million, or 2%, to $5.19 billion
    • Net interest margin improved 15 basis points to 3.40% versus 3.25%
    • Net interest income increased by $1.2 million, or 2%
    • Provision expense of $6.8 million, compared to $3.7 million
    • Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans remained at 4.13%
    • Pretax, pre-provision earnings decreased $1.9 million, or 6%
    • Common equity tier 1 capital of 14.51%, compared to 14.64%
    • Tangible capital ratio of 10.09%, compared to 10.19%

    Capital Strength

    The company’s total capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets improved to 15.77% at March 31, 2025, compared to 15.46% at March 31, 2024, and down from 15.90% at December 31, 2024. These capital levels significantly exceeded the 10.00% regulatory threshold required to be characterized as “well capitalized” and reflect the company’s robust capital base.

    The company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, improved to 10.09% at March 31, 2025, compared to 9.80% at March 31, 2024, and down from 10.19% at December 31, 2024. Unrealized losses from available-for-sale investment securities were $188.3 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $189.9 million at March 31, 2024 and $191.1 million at December 31, 2024. Excluding the impact of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on tangible common equity and tangible assets, the company’s ratio of adjusted tangible common equity to adjusted tangible assets, a non-GAAP financial measure, improved to 12.19% at March 31, 2025, compared to 12.03% at March 31, 2024, and down from 12.37% at December 31, 2024.

    As announced on April 8, 2025, the board of directors approved a cash dividend for the first quarter of $0.50 per share, payable on May 5, 2025, to shareholders of record as of April 25, 2025. The first quarter dividend per share represents a 4% increase from the $0.48 dividend per share paid for the first quarter of 2024.

    The board of directors also reauthorized and extended the company’s share repurchase program through April 30, 2027 with remaining aggregate purchase price authority of $30.0 million. The company anticipates activating the share repurchase program during the second quarter of 2025.

    Kristin L. Pruitt, President commented, “We believe that the recent stock price performance, driven by the impact of tariff activity, provides us with an opportunity to return capital to shareholders at attractive prices through our repurchase plan. Further, our strong capital levels continue to provide capacity for organic loan growth in our Indiana markets. Our capital position also supports our continued growth in the dividend paid to shareholders.”

    Loan Portfolio

    Average total loans of $5.19 billion in the first quarter of 2025 increased $214.9 million, or 4%, from $4.97 billion for the first quarter of 2024, and increased $99.3 million, or 2%, from $5.09 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024. Total loans, net of deferred loan fees, increased by $224.8 million, or 4%, from $5.00 billion as of March 31, 2024, to $5.23 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in loans occurred across much of the portfolio with our commercial real estate and multi-family residential loan portfolio growing by $143.4 million, or 6%, our commercial and industrial loan portfolio growing by $46.3 million, or 3%, our consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans portfolio growing by $39.7 million, or 9%, and our agri-business and agricultural loan portfolio growing by $15.9 million, or 4%. These increases were offset by a decrease to other commercial loans of $25.4 million, or 21%. On a linked quarter basis, total loans, net of deferred loan fees, increased by $104.9 million, or 2%, from $5.12 billion at December 31, 2024. The linked quarter increase was primarily a result of growth in total commercial and industrial loans of $72.7 million, or 5%, growth in total commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans of $28.3 million, or 1%, and growth in our consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans portfolio of $10.0 million, or 2%.

    Commercial loan originations for the first quarter included approximately $365.0 million in loan originations, offset by approximately $268.0 million in commercial loan pay downs. Line of credit usage increased to 43% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 39% at March 31, 2024 and 41% as of December 31, 2024. Total available lines of credit contracted by $153.0 million, or 3%, as compared to a year ago, and line usage increased by $122.0 million, or 7%, over that period. The company has limited exposure to commercial office space borrowers, all of which are in the bank’s Indiana markets. Loans totaling $100.6 million for this sector represented 2% of total loans at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024. Commercial real estate loans secured by multi-family residential properties and secured by non-farm non-residential properties were approximately 214% of total risk-based capital at March 31, 2025.

    “We are encouraged by the continued organic loan growth during the quarter. In particular, we are pleased to see the upward trend in commercial line utilization, which reached 43% in the first quarter compared to 39% a year ago. Commercial and Industrial loan growth was a highlight this quarter and positively impacted our commercial line utilization,” added Findlay. “Linked quarter loan growth was largely driven by expansion in working capital lines of credit loans and construction and land development loans.”

    Diversified Deposit Base

    The bank’s diversified deposit base has grown on a year over year basis and on a linked quarter basis.

    DEPOSIT DETAIL
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Retail $ 1,787,992   30.0 %   $ 1,780,726   30.2 %   $ 1,770,007   31.5 %
    Commercial   2,336,910   39.2       2,269,049   38.4       2,117,536   37.7  
    Public funds   1,709,883   28.7       1,809,631   30.7       1,544,775   27.5  
    Core deposits   5,834,785   97.9       5,859,406   99.3       5,432,318   96.7  
    Brokered deposits   125,409   2.1       41,560   0.7       185,767   3.3  
    Total $ 5,960,194   100.0 %   $ 5,900,966   100.0 %   $ 5,618,085   100.0 %
     

    Total deposits increased $342.1 million, or 6%, from $5.62 billion as of March 31, 2024, to $5.96 billion as of March 31, 2025. The increase in total deposits was driven by an increase in core deposits (which excludes brokered deposits) of $402.5 million, or 7%. Total core deposits at March 31, 2025 were $5.83 billion and represented 98% of total deposits, as compared to $5.43 billion and 97% of total deposits at March 31, 2024. Brokered deposits were $125.4 million, or 2% of total deposits, at March 31, 2025, compared to $185.8 million, or 3% of total deposits, at March 31, 2024.

    The increase in core deposits since March 31, 2024, reflects growth in all three core deposit components. Commercial deposits grew annually by $219.4 million, or 10%, to $2.34 billion. Commercial deposits as a percentage of total deposits expanded to 39%, up from 38%. Public funds deposits grew annually by $165.1 million, or 11%, to $1.71 billion. Public funds deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 29%, up from 28%. Growth in public funds was positively impacted by the addition of new public funds customers in the Lake City Bank footprint, including their operating accounts. Retail deposits expanded by $18.0 million, or 1%, to $1.79 billion. Retail deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 30% of total deposits, down from 32%.

    On a linked quarter basis, total deposits increased $59.2 million, or 1%, from $5.90 billion at December 31, 2024, to $5.96 billion at March 31, 2025. Core deposits decreased by $24.6 million, or less than 1%, while brokered deposits increased by $83.8 million, or 202%. The linked quarter reduction in core deposits resulted primarily from a seasonal decrease in public funds deposits of $99.7 million, or 6%. Offsetting this increase was an increase in commercial deposits of $67.9 million, or 3%, and an increase in retail deposits of $7.3 million, or less than 1%.

    “Annual core deposit growth of 7% continues to provide liquidity to fund loan growth. We continue to see opportunities to gain market share in our Indiana footprint,” noted Lisa M. O’Neill, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. “Our diversified funding base is stable, and average checking account balances continue to maintain liquidity in excess of pre-pandemic levels.”

    Average total deposits were $5.87 billion for the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $244.3 million, or 4%, from $5.63 billion for the first quarter of 2024. Average interest-bearing deposits drove the increase in average total deposits and increased by $260.1 million, or 6%. Contributing to the overall growth of interest-bearing deposits was an increase to average interest-bearing checking accounts of $439.5 million, or 14%. Offsetting this increase was a reduction in average time deposits of $167.7 million, or 17%, and a decrease to average savings deposits of $11.8 million, or 4%. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits decreased by $15.8 million, or 1%.

    On a linked quarter basis, average total deposits decreased by $136.4 million, or 2%, from $6.01 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 to $5.87 billion for the first quarter of 2025. Average interest bearing deposits drove the decrease to total average deposits, which decreased by $112.8 million, or 2%. Driving the decrease to average interest bearing deposits were decreases to total average time deposits of $102.7 million, or 11%, and interest bearing checking accounts of $19.0 million, or 1%. Average noninterest bearing demand deposits decreased by $23.6 million, or 2%.

    Checking account trends as of March 31, 2025 compared to March 31, 2024, include growth of $222.5 million, or 17%, in aggregate public fund checking account balances, growth of $212.3 million, or 11%, in aggregate commercial checking account balances, and growth of $35.5 million, or 4%, in aggregate retail checking account balances. The number of accounts has also grown for all three segments, with growth of 7% for public funds accounts, 2% for commercial accounts and 1% for retail accounts during the prior twelve months.

    Deposits not covered by FDIC deposit insurance as a percentage of total deposits were 57% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 62% at December 31, 2024, and 54% at March 31, 2024, reflecting changes in core deposits and growth in public fund deposits over those periods. Deposits not covered by FDIC deposit insurance or the Indiana Public Deposit Insurance Fund (which insures public funds deposits in Indiana), were 29% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, compared to 32% at December 31, 2024, and 27% at March 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, 98% of deposit accounts had deposit balances less than $250,000.

    Net Interest Margin

    Net interest margin was 3.40% for the first quarter of 2025, representing a 25 basis point increase from 3.15% for the first quarter of 2024. This improvement was driven by a reduction in the company’s funding costs, with interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets falling by 45 basis points from 2.82% for the first quarter of 2024 to 2.37% for the first quarter of 2025. Offsetting the decrease in funding costs was a decrease to earning asset yields of 20 basis points from 5.97% for the first quarter of 2024 to 5.77% for the first quarter of 2025.

    Linked quarter net interest margin expanded by 15 basis points to 3.40% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 3.25% for the fourth quarter of 2024. Interest expense as a percentage of average earning assets decreased 19 basis points from 2.56% to 2.37% on a linked quarter basis. Average earning asset yields decreased by 4 basis points from 5.81% to 5.77% on a linked quarter basis. The easing of monetary policy by the Federal Reserve Bank, which began in September of 2024, drove the reduction in funding costs that provided for the net interest margin expansion through deposit repricing. Notably, the deposit mix shift from noninterest bearing deposits to interest bearing deposits experienced by the company during the previous monetary tightening cycle has stabilized with noninterest bearing deposits representing 22% of total deposits at March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2024.

    “We continue to see improvements in net interest margin due to the Federal Reserve Bank’s rate easing cycle. Our deposit costs have declined more than loan yields resulting in year over year improvements in net interest margin of 25 basis points and linked quarter improvements of 15 basis points,” stated O’Neill. “Net interest margin expansion combined with healthy loan growth has contributed to double digit growth in net interest income.”

    The loan beta for the current rate-easing cycle is 37% compared to the deposit beta of 55%. The cumulative loan beta, which measures the sensitivity of a bank’s average loan yield to changes in short-term interest rates, was 56% for the recent rate-tightening cycle. The cumulative deposit beta, which measures the sensitivity of a bank’s deposit cost to changes in short-term interest rates, was 54% for the recent rate-tightening cycle.

    Net interest income was $52.9 million for the first quarter of 2025, representing an increase of $5.5 million, or 12%, as compared to the first quarter of 2024. Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 benefited from a decrease in deposit interest expense of $4.7 million and a decrease in borrowings interest expense of $1.3 million. Offsetting these effects on net interest income was a decrease in loan interest of $910,000. On a linked quarter basis, net interest income increased $1.2 million, or 2%, from $51.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, the increase to net interest income was driven by a reduction in interest expense of $4.1 million and offset by a reduction in interest income of $2.9 million.

    Asset Quality

    The company recorded a provision for credit losses of $6.8 million in the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $5.3 million, as compared to $1.5 million in the first quarter of 2024. On a linked quarter basis, the provision expense increased by $3.1 million, from $3.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. Provision expense during the first quarter of 2025 was primarily attributable to an increase in the specific allocation for the previously disclosed $43.3 million nonperforming credit to an industrial company in Northern Indiana.

    The allowance for credit loss reserve to total loans was 1.77% at March 31, 2025, up from 1.46% at March 31, 2024, and 1.68% at December 31, 2024. Net charge offs in the first quarter of 2025 were $327,000 compared to $312,000 in the first quarter of 2024 and $1.4 million during the linked fourth quarter of 2024. Annualized net charge offs to average loans were 0.03% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 0.03% for the first quarter of 2024, and 0.11% for the linked fourth quarter of 2024.

    Nonperforming assets increased $42.6 million, or 280%, to $57.9 million as of March 31, 2025, versus $15.2 million as of March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, nonperforming assets increased $1.0 million, or 2%, compared to $56.9 million as of December 31, 2024. The ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets at March 31, 2025 increased to 0.84% from 0.23% at March 31, 2024, and decreased from 0.85% at December 31, 2024. The increase in nonperforming assets was primarily driven by the aforementioned credit.

    Total individually analyzed and watch list loans increased by $32.3 million, or 18%, to $215.6 million as of March 31, 2025, versus $183.3 million as of March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, total individually analyzed and watch list loans increased by $4.4 million, or 2%, from $211.1 million at December 31, 2024. The linked quarter increase in total individually analyzed and watch list loans was primarily driven by the addition of five commercial relationships to the watch list with aggregate balances of $11.5 million and offset by watch list removals of two relationships with aggregate balances of $8.0 million. Watch list loans as a percentage of total loans were 4.13% at March 31, 2025, an increase of 46 basis points compared to 3.67% at March 31, 2024, and unchanged from December 31, 2024.

    “Asset quality remains stable with watch list loans as a percentage of total loans at 4.13%,” commented Findlay. “It is premature to comment on the impact of the tariff activity on our borrowers’ businesses and we are actively talking with our clients to understand the impact of this trade policy activity. As part of our internal credit administration and loan review process, we initiated a detailed plan to identify and analyze specific industries and clients that may be more sensitive to the effects of tariffs. As part of this process, our credit team is aggregating and segmenting direct and indirect exposure that our commercial and industrial borrowers have with international trading partners.”

    Investment Portfolio Overview

    Total investment securities were $1.13 billion at March 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of $12.0 million, or 1%, as compared to $1.14 billion at March 31, 2024. On a linked quarter basis, investment securities increased $9.9 million, or 1%, due primarily to security purchases of $22.2 million, offset by improvement in the fair market value of available-for-sale securities of $2.8 million, and cash flows from calls, paydowns and maturities of $14.7 million. Investment securities represented 17% of total assets on March 31, 2025, March 31, 2024 and December 31, 2024. The company anticipates receiving principal and interest cash flows of approximately $82.3 million during the remainder of 2025 from the investment securities portfolio and plans to use that liquidity to fund loan growth and reinvestment of investment securities cash flows. Tax equivalent adjusted effective duration for the investment portfolio was 5.9 years at March 31, 2025, compared to 6.6 years at March 31, 2024 and 6.0 years December 31, 2024.

    Noninterest Income

    The company’s noninterest income decreased $1.7 million, or 13%, to $10.9 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $12.6 million for the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted core noninterest income, a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes the effect of the insurance recovery recorded during the first quarter of 2024, was $11.6 million for the first quarter of 2024, a decrease of $684,000, or 6%, compared to $10.9 million for the first quarter of 2025. Wealth advisory fees increased $412,000, or 17%, driven by growth in customers and assets under management. Deposit fees increased $83,000, or 3% driven primarily by growth in our treasury management services. Other income decreased $1.3 million, or 61%. Other income during the first quarter of 2024 benefited from a $1.0 million insurance recovery related to the wire fraud loss from 2023 and death benefits received from the company’s bank owned life insurance program. Bank owned life insurance income decreased $714,000, or 69%, primarily due to a reduction in the market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance policies, which are tied to the equity markets.

    Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2025 decreased by $948,000, or 8%, on a linked quarter basis from $11.9 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. Wealth advisory fees increased by $168,000, or 6%. The linked quarter decrease in noninterest income was impacted by a decrease in bank owned life insurance income, which decreased $894,000, or 74%, due to market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance policies.

    “The growth of our wealth advisory business continues to positively impact revenue growth with 17% improvement in fees on a year over year basis,” added Findlay, “We continue to focus on our fee-based businesses that contribute to noninterest income and revenue growth.”

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense increased $2.1 million, or 7%, to $32.8 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $30.7 million during the first quarter of 2024. Salaries and benefits expense increased by $1.1 million, or 6%, driven by performance-based incentive compensation expense of $1.3 million and salary expense of $524,000. These increases were offset by reduced deferred compensation expense of $687,000, which moves in tandem with the market performance of the company’s variable bank owned life insurance. Other expense increased by $400,000, or 18%, from increased customer reimbursements for counterfeit checks and account takeover wire fraud losses. Data processing fees and supplies expense increased $426,000, or 11%, from continued investment in customer-facing and operational technology solutions.

    On a linked quarter basis, noninterest expense increased by $2.1 million, or 7%, from $30.7 million during the fourth quarter of 2024. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $641,000, or 4%, due to merit-based increases for salaries, incentive pay, and annual health insurance benefits that are funded at the beginning of each year. Data processing fees and supplies expense increased $523,000, or 14%. Corporate and business development expense increased by $456,000, or 48%, which was primarily driven by an increase in advertising expense of $462,000 during the quarter from the company’s seasonal promotional campaigns. Other expense increased $228,000, or 9%.

    The company’s efficiency ratio was 51.4% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 51.2% for the first quarter of 2024 and 48.2% for the linked fourth quarter of 2024.

    Information regarding Lakeland Financial Corporation may be accessed on the home page of its subsidiary, Lake City Bank, at lakecitybank.com. The company’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under “LKFN.” Lake City Bank, a $6.9 billion bank headquartered in Warsaw, Indiana, was founded in 1872 and serves Central and Northern Indiana communities with 54 branch offices and a robust digital banking platform. Lake City Bank’s community banking model prioritizes building in-market long-term customer relationships while delivering technology-forward solutions for retail and commercial clients.

    This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “continue,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should” or other similar expressions. The company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain and, accordingly, the reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by the company. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events. Numerous factors could cause the company’s actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements, including the effects of economic, business and market conditions and changes, particularly in our Indiana market area, including prevailing interest rates and the rate of inflation; governmental trade, monetary and fiscal policies; the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand and the values and liquidity of loan collateral, securities and other interest sensitive assets and liabilities; and changes in borrowers’ credit risks and payment behaviors, as well as those identified in the company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    FIRSTQUARTER2025FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
     
      Three Months Ended
    (Unaudited – Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    END OF PERIOD BALANCES   2025       2024       2024  
    Assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374     $ 6,566,861  
    Investments   1,132,854       1,122,994       1,144,816  
    Loans   5,223,221       5,117,948       4,997,559  
    Allowance for Credit Losses   92,433       85,960       73,180  
    Deposits   5,960,194       5,900,966       5,618,085  
    Brokered Deposits   125,409       41,560       185,767  
    Core Deposits (1)   5,834,785       5,859,406       5,432,318  
    Total Equity   694,509       683,911       647,009  
    Goodwill Net of Deferred Tax Assets   3,803       3,803       3,803  
    Tangible Common Equity (2)   690,706       680,108       643,206  
    Adjusted Tangible Common
    Equity (2)
      854,585       846,040       809,395  
    AVERAGE BALANCES          
    Total Assets $ 6,762,970     $ 6,795,596     $ 6,554,468  
    Earning Assets   6,430,804       6,470,920       6,216,929  
    Investments   1,136,404       1,134,011       1,158,503  
    Loans   5,185,918       5,086,614       4,971,020  
    Total Deposits   5,874,725       6,011,122       5,630,431  
    Interest Bearing Deposits   4,616,381       4,729,201       4,356,328  
    Interest Bearing Liabilities   4,716,465       4,729,206       4,532,137  
    Total Equity   696,053       693,744       645,007  
    INCOME STATEMENT DATA          
    Net Interest Income $ 52,875     $ 51,694     $ 47,416  
    Net Interest Income-Fully Tax Equivalent   53,983       52,804       48,683  
    Provision for Credit Losses   6,800       3,691       1,520  
    Noninterest Income   10,928       11,876       12,612  
    Noninterest Expense   32,763       30,653       30,705  
    Net Income   20,085       24,190       23,401  
    Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings (2)   31,040       32,917       29,323  
    PER SHARE DATA          
    Basic Net Income Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.91  
    Diluted Net Income Per Common Share   0.78       0.94       0.91  
    Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share   0.50       0.48       0.48  
    Dividend Payout   64.10 %     51.06 %     52.75 %
    Book Value Per Common Share (equity per share issued) $ 26.99     $ 26.62     $ 25.20  
    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (2)   26.85       26.47       25.05  
    Market Value – High $ 71.77     $ 78.61     $ 73.22  
    Market Value – Low   58.24       61.10       60.56  
    Basic Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding   25,714,818       25,686,276       25,657,063  
    Diluted Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding   25,802,865       25,792,460       25,747,643  
               
               
      Three Months Ended
    (Unaudited – Dollars in thousands, except per share data) March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
    KEY RATIOS   2025       2024       2024  
    Return on Average Assets   1.20 %     1.42 %     1.44 %
    Return on Average Total Equity   11.70       13.87       14.59  
    Average Equity to Average Assets   10.29       10.21       9.84  
    Net Interest Margin   3.40       3.25       3.15  
    Efficiency (Noninterest Expense/Net Interest Income
    plus Noninterest Income)
      51.35       48.22       51.15  
    Loans to Deposits   87.64       86.73       88.95  
    Investment Securities to Total Assets   16.54       16.82       17.43  
    Tier 1 Leverage (3)   12.30       12.15       12.01  
    Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital (3)   14.51       14.64       14.21  
    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) (3)   14.51       14.64       14.21  
    Total Capital (3)   15.77       15.90       15.46  
    Tangible Capital (2)   10.09       10.19       9.80  
    Adjusted Tangible Capital (2)   12.19       12.37       12.03  
    ASSET QUALITY          
    Loans Past Due 30 – 89 Days $ 4,288     $ 4,273     $ 3,177  
    Loans Past Due 90 Days or More   7       28       7  
    Nonaccrual Loans   57,392       56,431       14,762  
    Nonperforming Loans   57,399       56,459       14,769  
    Other Real Estate Owned   284       284       384  
    Other Nonperforming Assets   193       143       78  
    Total Nonperforming Assets   57,876       56,886       15,231  
    Individually Analyzed Loans   81,346       78,647       15,181  
    Non-Individually Analyzed Watch List Loans   134,218       132,499       168,133  
    Total Individually Analyzed and Watch List Loans   215,564       211,146       183,314  
    Gross Charge Offs   508       1,657       504  
    Recoveries   181       299       192  
    Net Charge Offs/(Recoveries)   327       1,358       312  
    Net Charge Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans   0.03 %     0.11 %     0.03 %
    Credit Loss Reserve to Loans   1.77       1.68       1.46  
    Credit Loss Reserve to Nonperforming Loans   161.04       152.25       495.51  
    Nonperforming Loans to Loans   1.10       1.10       0.30  
    Nonperforming Assets to Assets   0.84       0.85       0.23  
    Total Individually Analyzed and Watch List Loans to Total Loans   4.13 %     4.13 %     3.67 %
    OTHER DATA          
    Full Time Equivalent Employees   647       643       628  
    Offices   54       54       53  

    __________________________________________________

    (1)   Core deposits equals deposits less brokered deposits.
    (2)   Non-GAAP financial measure – see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.
    (3)   Capital ratios for March 31, 2025 are preliminary until the Call Report is filed.
         
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share data)      
    ​ March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
    ​ (Unaudited)   ​
    ASSETS      
    Cash and due from banks $ 89,325     $ 71,733  
    Short-term investments   145,899       96,472  
    Total cash and cash equivalents   235,224       168,205  
    ​      
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value   1,000,875       991,426  
    Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $109,481 and $113,107, respectively)   131,979       131,568  
    Real estate mortgage loans held-for-sale   1,295       1,700  
    ​      
    Loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $92,433 and $85,960   5,130,788       5,031,988  
    ​      
    Land, premises and equipment, net   60,797       60,489  
    Bank owned life insurance   113,826       113,320  
    Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock   21,420       21,420  
    Accrued interest receivable   28,818       28,446  
    Goodwill   4,970       4,970  
    Other assets   121,186       124,842  
    Total assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374  
    ​      
    ​      
    LIABILITIES      
    Noninterest bearing deposits $ 1,296,907     $ 1,297,456  
    Interest bearing deposits   4,663,287       4,603,510  
    Total deposits   5,960,194       5,900,966  
           
    Borrowings – Federal Home Loan Bank advances   108,200       0  
    Accrued interest payable   14,699       15,117  
    Other liabilities   73,576       78,380  
    Total liabilities   6,156,669       5,994,463  
    ​      
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Common stock: 90,000,000 shares authorized, no par value      
    26,016,494 shares issued and 25,556,904 outstanding as of March 31, 2025      
    25,978,831 shares issued and 25,509,592 outstanding as of December 31, 2024   130,243       129,664  
    Retained earnings   743,650       736,412  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (163,879 )     (166,500 )
    Treasury stock, at cost (459,590 shares and 469,239 shares as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)   (15,594 )     (15,754 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   694,420       683,822  
    Noncontrolling interest   89       89  
    Total equity   694,509       683,911  
    Total liabilities and equity $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374  
     
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited – in thousands, except share and per share data)
    ​ Three Months Ended March 31,
    ​   2025       2024  
    NET INTEREST INCOME      
    Interest and fees on loans      
    Taxable $ 81,740     $ 82,042  
    Tax exempt   292       900  
    Interest and dividends on securities      
    Taxable   3,389       3,039  
    Tax exempt   3,910       3,947  
    Other interest income   1,124       1,106  
    Total interest income   90,455       91,034  
    ​ ​   ​
    Interest on deposits   36,458       41,164  
    Interest on short-term borrowings   1,122       2,454  
    Total interest expense   37,580       43,618  
    ​ ​   ​
    NET INTEREST INCOME   52,875       47,416  
    ​ ​   ​
    Provision for credit losses   6,800       1,520  
    ​ ​   ​
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES   46,075       45,896  
    ​ ​   ​
    NONINTEREST INCOME      
    Wealth advisory fees   2,867       2,455  
    Investment brokerage fees   452       522  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   2,774       2,691  
    Loan and service fees   2,884       2,852  
    Merchant and interchange fee income   822       863  
    Bank owned life insurance income   322       1,036  
    Mortgage banking income (loss)   (51 )     52  
    Net securities gains (losses)   0       (46 )
    Other income   858       2,187  
    Total noninterest income   10,928       12,612  
    ​ ​   ​
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE      
    Salaries and employee benefits   17,902       16,833  
    Net occupancy expense   1,980       1,740  
    Equipment costs   1,382       1,412  
    Data processing fees and supplies   4,265       3,839  
    Corporate and business development   1,406       1,381  
    FDIC insurance and other regulatory fees   800       789  
    Professional fees   2,380       2,463  
    Other expense   2,648       2,248  
    Total noninterest expense   32,763       30,705  
    ​ ​   ​
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE   24,240       27,803  
    Income tax expense   4,155       4,402  
    NET INCOME $ 20,085     $ 23,401  
    ​ ​   ​
    BASIC WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES   25,714,818       25,657,063  
    ​ ​   ​
    BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE $ 0.78     $ 0.91  
    ​      
    DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES   25,802,865       25,747,643  
    ​      
    DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE $ 0.78     $ 0.91  
     
    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    LOAN DETAIL
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Commercial and industrial loans:                      
    Working capital lines of credit loans $ 716,522     13.7 %   $ 649,609     12.7 %   $ 646,459     12.9 %
    Non-working capital loans   807,048     15.5       801,256     15.6       830,817     16.6  
    Total commercial and industrial loans   1,523,570     29.2       1,450,865     28.3       1,477,276     29.5  
              ​            
    Commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans:                      
    Construction and land development loans   623,905     12.0       567,781     11.1       659,712     13.2  
    Owner occupied loans   804,933     15.4       807,090     15.8       833,410     16.7  
    Nonowner occupied loans   852,033     16.3       872,671     17.0       744,346     14.9  
    Multifamily loans   339,946     6.5       344,978     6.7       239,974     4.8  
    Total commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans   2,620,817     50.2       2,592,520     50.6       2,477,442     49.6  
              ​            
    Agri-business and agricultural loans:                      
    Loans secured by farmland   156,112     3.0       156,609     3.1       167,271     3.3  
    Loans for agricultural production   227,659     4.3       230,787     4.5       200,581     4.0  
    Total agri-business and agricultural loans   383,771     7.3       387,396     7.6       367,852     7.3  
              ​            
    Other commercial loans   94,927     1.8       95,584     1.9       120,302     2.4  
    Total commercial loans   4,623,085     88.5       4,526,365     88.4       4,442,872     88.8  
              ​            
    Consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans:                      
    Closed end first mortgage loans   265,855     5.1       259,286     5.1       260,633     5.2  
    Open end and junior lien loans   217,981     4.2       214,125     4.2       188,927     3.8  
    Residential construction and land development loans   16,359     0.3       16,818     0.3       10,956     0.2  
    Total consumer 1-4 family mortgage loans   500,195     9.6       490,229     9.6       460,516     9.2  
      ​       ​            
    Other consumer loans   102,254     1.9       104,041     2.0       97,369     2.0  
    Total consumer loans   602,449     11.5       594,270     11.6       557,885     11.2  
    Subtotal   5,225,534     100.0 %     5,120,635     100.0 %     5,000,757     100.0 %
    Less:  Allowance for credit losses   (92,433 )         (85,960 )   ​     (73,180 )   ​
    Net deferred loan fees   (2,313 )         (2,687 )   ​     (3,198 )   ​
    Loans, net $ 5,130,788         $ 5,031,988     ​   $ 4,924,379     ​
     
    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    DEPOSITS AND BORROWINGS
    (unaudited, in thousands)
     
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Noninterest bearing demand deposits $ 1,296,907   $ 1,297,456   $ 1,254,200
    Savings and transaction accounts:          
    Savings deposits   293,768     276,179     296,671
    Interest bearing demand deposits   3,554,310     3,471,455     3,041,025
    Time deposits:          
    Deposits of $100,000 or more   602,577     642,776     805,832
    Other time deposits   212,632     213,100     220,357
    Total deposits $ 5,960,194   $ 5,900,966   $ 5,618,085
    FHLB advances and other borrowings   108,200     0     200,000
    Total funding sources $ 6,068,394   $ 5,900,966   $ 5,818,085
     

     

    LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS
    (UNAUDITED)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31, 2025   Three Months Ended December 31, 2024   Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
    (fully tax equivalent basis, dollars in thousands)   Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
      Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
      Average Balance   Interest Income   Yield (1)/
    Rate
    Earning Assets                                    
    Loans:                                    
    Taxable (2)(3)   $ 5,160,031     $ 81,740   6.42 %   $ 5,060,397     $ 83,253   6.54 %   $ 4,916,943     $ 82,042   6.71 %
    Tax exempt (1)     25,887       361   5.66       26,217       364   5.52       54,077       1,118   8.31  
    Investments: (1)                                    
    Securities     1,136,404       8,338   2.98       1,134,011       7,953   2.79       1,158,503       8,035   2.79  
    Short-term investments     2,964       28   3.83       2,765       29   4.17       2,710       33   4.90  
    Interest bearing deposits     105,518       1,096   4.21       247,530       2,881   4.63       84,696       1,073   5.10  
    Total earning assets   $ 6,430,804     $ 91,563   5.77 %   $ 6,470,920     $ 94,480   5.81 %   $ 6,216,929     $ 92,301   5.97 %
    Less:  Allowance for credit losses     (87,477 )             (84,687 )             (72,433 )        
    Nonearning Assets                                    
    Cash and due from banks     71,004               67,994               68,584          
    Premises and equipment     60,523               60,325               57,883          
    Other nonearning assets     288,116               281,044               283,505          
    Total assets   $ 6,762,970             $ 6,795,596             $ 6,554,468          
                                         
    Interest Bearing Liabilities                                    
    Savings deposits   $ 283,888     $ 42   0.06 %   $ 274,960     $ 43   0.06 %   $ 295,650     $ 49   0.07 %
    Interest bearing checking accounts     3,486,447       28,075   3.27       3,505,470       31,562   3.58       3,046,958       30,365   4.01  
    Time deposits:                                    
    In denominations under $100,000     212,934       1,832   3.49       214,429       1,921   3.56       224,139       1,918   3.44  
    In denominations over $100,000     633,112       6,509   4.17       734,342       8,150   4.42       789,581       8,832   4.50  
    Miscellaneous short-term borrowings     99,830       1,122   4.56       5       0   5.30       175,809       2,454   5.61  
    Long-term borrowings     254       0   0.00       0       0   0.00       0       0   0.00  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   $ 4,716,465     $ 37,580   3.23 %   $ 4,729,206     $ 41,676   3.51 %   $ 4,532,137     $ 43,618   3.87 %
    Noninterest Bearing Liabilities                                    
    Demand deposits     1,258,344               1,281,921               1,274,103          
    Other liabilities     92,108               90,725               103,221          
    Stockholders’ Equity     696,053               693,744               645,007          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 6,762,970             $ 6,795,596             $ 6,554,468          
    Interest Margin Recap                                    
    Interest income/average earning assets         91,563   5.77 %         94,480   5.81 %         92,301   5.97 %
    Interest expense/average earning assets         37,580   2.37           41,676   2.56           43,618   2.82  
    Net interest income and margin       $ 53,983   3.40 %       $ 52,804   3.25 %       $ 48,683   3.15 %
    (1)   Tax exempt income was converted to a fully taxable equivalent basis at a 21 percent tax rate. The tax equivalent rate for tax exempt loans and tax-exempt securities acquired after January 1, 1983, included the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (“TEFRA”) adjustment applicable to nondeductible interest expenses. Taxable equivalent basis adjustments were $1.11 million, $1.11 million and $1.27 million in the three-month periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2)   Loan fees, which are immaterial in relation to total taxable loan interest income for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, are included as taxable loan interest income.
    (3)   Nonaccrual loans are included in the average balance of taxable loans.
         

    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Tangible common equity, adjusted tangible common equity, tangible assets, adjusted tangible assets, tangible book value per common share, tangible common equity to tangible assets, adjusted tangible common equity to adjusted tangible assets, and pretax pre-provision earnings are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on GAAP amounts. Tangible common equity is calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of equity, net of deferred tax. Tangible assets are calculated by excluding the balance of goodwill and other intangible assets from the calculation of total assets, net of deferred tax. Adjusted tangible assets and adjusted tangible common equity remove the fair market value adjustment impact of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). Tangible book value per common share is calculated by dividing tangible common equity by the number of shares outstanding less true treasury stock. Pretax pre-provision earnings is calculated by adding net interest income to noninterest income and subtracting noninterest expense. Because not all companies use the same calculation of tangible common equity and tangible assets, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures calculated by other companies. However, management considers these measures of the company’s value meaningful to understanding of the company’s financial information and performance.

    A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024
    Total Equity $ 694,509     $ 683,911     $ 647,009  
    Less: Goodwill   (4,970 )     (4,970 )     (4,970 )
    Plus: DTA Related to Goodwill   1,167       1,167       1,167  
    Tangible Common Equity   690,706       680,108       643,206  
    Market Value Adjustment in AOCI   163,879       165,932       166,189  
    Adjusted Tangible Common Equity   854,585       846,040       809,395  
               
    Assets $ 6,851,178     $ 6,678,374     $ 6,566,861  
    Less: Goodwill   (4,970 )     (4,970 )     (4,970 )
    Plus: DTA Related to Goodwill   1,167       1,167       1,167  
    Tangible Assets   6,847,375       6,674,571       6,563,058  
    Market Value Adjustment in AOCI   163,879       165,932       166,189  
    Adjusted Tangible Assets   7,011,254       6,840,503       6,729,247  
               
    Ending Common Shares Issued   25,727,393       25,689,730       25,677,399  
               
    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share $ 26.85     $ 26.47     $ 25.05  
               
    Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets   10.09 %     10.19 %     9.80 %
    Adjusted Tangible Common Equity/Adjusted Tangible Assets   12.19 %     12.37 %     12.03 %
               
    Net Interest Income $ 52,875     $ 51,694     $ 47,416  
    Plus:  Noninterest Income   10,928       11,876       12,612  
    Minus:  Noninterest Expense   (32,763 )     (30,653 )     (30,705 )
               
    Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings $ 31,040     $ 32,917     $ 29,323  
     

    Adjusted core noninterest income, adjusted earnings before income taxes, core operational profitability, core operational diluted earnings per common share and adjusted core efficiency ratio are non-GAAP financial measures calculated based on GAAP amounts. These adjusted amounts are calculated by excluding the impact of insurance recoveries related to the 2023 wire fraud loss for the periods presented below. Management considers these measures of financial performance to be meaningful to understanding the company’s core business performance for these periods.

    A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).

      Three Months Ended
      Mar. 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   Mar. 31, 2024
    Noninterest Income $ 10,928     $ 11,876     $ 12,612  
    Less: Insurance Recovery   0       0       (1,000 )
    Adjusted Core Noninterest Income $ 10,928     $ 11,876     $ 11,612  
               
    Earnings Before Income Taxes $ 24,240     $ 29,226     $ 27,803  
    Adjusted Core Impact:          
    Noninterest Income   0       0       (1,000 )
    Total Adjusted Core Impact   0       0       (1,000 )
    Adjusted Earnings Before Income Taxes   24,240       29,226       26,803  
    Tax Effect   (4,155 )     (5,036 )     (4,153 )
    Core Operational Profitability (1) $ 20,085     $ 24,190     $ 22,650  
               
    Diluted Earnings Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.91  
    Impact of Adjusted Core Items   0.00       0.00       (0.03 )
    Core Operational Diluted Earnings Per Common Share $ 0.78     $ 0.94     $ 0.88  
               
    Adjusted Core Efficiency Ratio   51.35 %     48.22 %     52.02 %
    (1)   Core operational profitability was $751,000 lower than reported net income for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Contact
    Lisa M. O’Neill
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
    (574) 267-9125
    lisa.oneill@lakecitybank.com

    The MIL Network –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Best Online Casinos Canada: Why 7Bit Casino Is Ranked As Top Canadian Online Casino

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PORTLAND, Ore., April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Whether you are looking for luck-based games like slots or skill-based games like poker, 7Bit Casino delivers the best. In this review, we’ll examine its features, including its bonus offers, game collection, payment methods, and signup process, which make 7Bit the best online casino in Canada.

    Click Here To Join 7Bit Casino

    A Closer Look at the Best Online Casino in Canada: 7Bit Casino

    Serving Canadian online casino players with a unique gambling experience for years, 7Bit, the best online casino Canada has established a strong position in the online gambling industry. With a generous bonus package, including a 325% welcome pack up to 5.25 BTC and 250 free spins, special cashbacks, exclusive Monday, Wednesday, and Thursday bonuses, this best online casino Canada offers its players an enhanced bankroll, giving them more reason to play.

    7Bit’s game collection is incomparable, from slots to table games and video poker to live dealer games, players are offered an extensive game library. It is rare that you don’t find a game that caters to your preferences at 7Bit online casino Canada.

    In addition to traditional blackjack, roulette, and poker, players can enjoy premier Bitcoin games, making it a go-to gambling platform for crypto enthusiasts. Of the approximately 5,000 games available, at least 4,000 are based on crypto gambling. For players who are afraid of risking money, demo games are available; enjoy gambling without staking your pocket at 7Bit, the best online casino in Canada.

    Payment options are numerous. Whether you are into traditional payments or digital transactions like cryptocurrency, you can find your choice of payment option at 7Bit, the best Canadian online casino. With a wide range of options, the deposit and withdrawal process is seamless, helping players to focus more on gaming without waiting long for transactions to complete. However, the credit card and bank transfers take a bit more time to complete, compared to e-wallet and crypto transactions.

    Claim Your 325% Welcome Bonus and Up to 5 BTC + 250 Free Spins at 7Bit Casino!

    Integrating encryption technologies and responsible gambling tools, this best casino online Canada offers players security over their financial and personal information and promotes responsible gambling. With a supportive customer service and user-friendly interface, players can easily navigate through the 7Bit Canadian online casino and play immersive and engaging gambling games.

    A Quick Overview of 7Bit Casino

    • Launched in: 2014
    • License: Curacao eGaming License
    • Bonus Offers:
      • 325% welcome bonus up to 1.5 BTC
      • 250 free spins on the first four deposits
      • Cashbacks and reload bonuses
    • Game Collection:
      • Roulette
      • Slots
      • Blackjack
      • Video Poker
      • Live dealer games
      • Exclusive Bitcoin games
    • Supported Payments:
      • Cryptocurrency, Bank transfers, E-wallets, Credit/debit cards
    • iGaming Providers: NetEnt, Pragmatic Play, Microgaming, Betsoft, Others
    • Available Countries: Available in most countries, with restrictions in regions like:
      • USA, UK, Spain, Netherlands, Greece, France, Serbia
    • KYC: Required for withdrawals
    • Deposit and Withdrawal Limits:
      • Minimum: $10 or 0.0005 BTC
      • Maximum: $4,000
    • Payout Speed: Instant to 3–5 business days
    • VPN Friendly: Yes

    How to Sign Up for 7Bit Canadian Online Casino?

    Signing up for 7Bit online casino Canada is simple and straightforward. Below are the step-by-step instructions for signing up for the 7Bit Casino.

    Step 1: Open the Official 7Bit Canadian Casino Website
    To sign up, Click Here To Navigate To The Signup Section Of The 7Bit Casino.

    Step 2: Create your Account
    Here, players are instructed to enter their personal information, such as name, email address, country of residence, and preferred currency. Secure your account with a strong password to prevent malicious attacks.

    Step 3: Verify your Account
    Account verification is mandatory for high-value withdrawals. KYC verification includes submitting a photo ID, address, and preferred payment information.

    Step 4: Claim Welcome Bonus
    Once you sign up for the 7Bit casino, you receive welcome bonuses. Claim these bonuses and utilize them in your games to enhance your winning chances.

    Step 4: Start Playing
    Once bonuses are claimed, players can begin their gameplay. Navigate to the game section and choose your favorite game from the top list of casino games.

    Pros & Cons of 7Bit Best Online Casinos Canada

    Pros:

    • Wide Collection of Games: Whether slots, table games, live dealer games, or exclusive crypto games, every player is offered a variety of choices at 7Bit Canadian online casino. Players can select the game according to their level of experience and bankroll.
    • Generous Welcome Bonus: 325% match bonus up to 5 BTC and 250 free spins on your first four deposits.
    • Crypto Payments: Apart from traditional payment methods like Visa, Mastercard, and Maestro, cryptocurrencies such as Bitcoin, Litecoin, and Ethereum are accepted. 7Bit best online casino Canada stands out as a crypto casino due to its wide variety of crypto payment options.
    • User-friendly interface and 24/7 Customer Support: With an intuitive and well-designed interface, players can enjoy a stress-free gambling experience on both mobile and desktop devices. Offering players assistance on gaming and transaction processes, 7Bit’s customer support is responsive and excellent.

    Cons:

    • Require KYC Verification for Withdrawal above $2,000: Though KYC verification enhances player security, it requires submitting players’ personal information, which can sometimes be exploited. In addition, the KYC process is time-consuming, and players have to wait a bit more time to complete the registration process, causing inconvenience.
    • Restricted in Some Countries: Due to regulatory and legal restrictions, 7Bit best casino online Canada is prohibited in countries like Spain, Ukraine, and Israel.
    • Limited Language Availability: 7Bit is less efficient when it comes to language. The site supports only the main languages like English, German, French, and Russian, making it difficult for players who are less familiar with these languages to interact with the casino.
    • $10 Withdrawal Fee on all Payments: Whether you are paying using cryptocurrency, e-wallet, or debit card, you have to pay a $10 withdrawal fee.
    • 40x Wagering Requirement: To claim the bonus offers, players have to complete the 40x wagering requirement, a bit higher compared to other online casinos in Canada.

    What Makes 7Bit the Best Online Casino in Canada?

    Reviewing many online casinos, including their bonus policies, game varieties, encryption technologies, customer support, and many other factors, we concluded 7Bit as the best online casino in Canada. Below, we discuss the features of this casino that contributed to its wide popularity and acceptance among Canadian players.

    • License and Reputation

    7Bit Casino is licensed under the regulation of Curacao, a renowned regulator in the online gambling industry. Operating under the Curacao eGaming Control Board, 7Bit, the best online casino Canada, ensures fairness, security, and privacy to users.

    All games utilize a random number generator or provably fair algorithms, assuring players that no games are biased and there is an equal probability of winning and losing in every game they play. Not only fairness in games, this license also guarantees players’ regulated deposit and withdrawal process and prevents casinos from offering bonuses with hidden wagering conditions.

    Since its launch in 2014, 7Bit Ontario online casino has established itself as a trustworthy and reliable casino, delivering players with an enjoyable and safe gambling experience. Solving every complaint, though not rising often, as soon as possible, this best online casino Canada stands out from its competitors for its reputation and transparency. 7Bit uses 128-bit SSL encryption for all data transactions.

    • Bonus and Promotions

    With most features being the same at online casinos in Canada, the variations and uniqueness in bonuses and promotions attract players. 7Bit Ontario online casino’s bonus offers are promising and capable of boosting player confidence. On registering for the account, players receive an impressive 325% match deposit bonus of up to 5 BTC and 250 free spins. This bonus is applied to your first four deposits, increasing your probability of winning at your favorite games.

    Only new registrants can claim the welcome bonus, sign up for 7Bit, and make the minimum required deposit, and you will be qualified for the bonus. One major advantage of the welcome bonus at 7Bit Ontario online casino is that you don’t have a maximum limit on what you can win from the bonus; whatever you win goes to your profits. However, it is important to read the terms and conditions to know the rules and measures you have to follow to claim the bonus. Most bonuses come with a 40x wagering requirement.

    Here is how the welcome deposit bonuses are allocated,

    • 1st deposit: 100% match bonus along with 100 free spins.
    • 2nd deposit: 75& match bonus along with 100 free spins.
    • 3rd deposit: 50% match bonus
    • 4th deposit: 100% match bonus along with 50 free spins.

    In order to keep players retained, apart from welcome bonuses, 7Bit, the best online casino Canada, offers some exciting promotions and VIP programs. Promotions contain reload bonuses, cashbacks, and free spins, while VIP offerings trigger new bonuses as players complete each level of the 12-level program.

    Start Playing at 7Bit Casino Today – Get a 325% Match Bonus Up to 5 BTC and 250 Free Spins!

    Below are some promotions offered by 7Bit.

    • Monday reload bonuses
    • Free Spin Wednesday
    • Daily Cashback
    • Weekly Cashback
    • Game Library

    With more than 5,000 games, including games from renowned iGaming providers like NetEnt, Pragmatic Play, and BetSoft, 7Bit Ontario online casino offers an impressive game library. Apart from traditional slots and table games like roulette, blackjack, and poker, players can find a variety of live dealer games and crypto games at 7Bit Casino. Based on players’ preferences and choices, there’s at least one game for everyone.

    Navigating to the slot category, players could see some amazing collections that suit their style. With immersive graphics and ravishing bonus offers, players can spin the reels on luck-based slots to win huge prizes. Apart from popular traditional slots like 7Bit Hot&Hot Fruits, 7Bit Bonanza, and Throne of Camelot Hold and Win, players can try BTC slots such as Mega Moolah, Johnny Cash, Elvis Frog in Vegas, Wild Spin, and Raging Lion at 7Bit.

    Combining the game of chance with elements of skill, blackjack has become a popular genre of games at online casinos. Trying to beat the dealer by making a hand worth 21 or close to it, players aim to win great prizes at the blackjack table. 7Bit online casino Canada offers many variety of blackjack games, from Classic blackjack to Multihand and American blackjack, players get a wide range of options to choose from.

    Trying their luck at casinos, roulette has become a favorite game of seasonal players. Offering a gameplay that relies more on luck rather than skill, roulette has a huge fan base all over the world. Multiple variants of roulette are available at 7Bit, the best online casino in Canada, including American and European roulette. The gameplay is almost similar in all variants, only basic principles differ, making it easy to switch from one variant to another.

    • Video Poker

    Playing against the dealer to get a strong hand from the best possible cards, Poker delivers a skill-based gambling adventure. With different variants including Jacks or Better, Tens or Better, Deuces Wild, Aces and Eights, 7Bit, the best online casino Canada offers a wide video poker collection to choose from. The basic rules, betting options, and payout percentage vary in different variants, however, the basic gameplay is the same.

    • Live Dealer Games

    Live dealer games are similar to slots and table games, but they offer a real-time gambling experience as that in a brick-and-mortar casino. Players compete against the dealer and win huge prizes at live dealer tables. 7Bit live dealer collection includes live blackjack, roulette, and baccarat tables, offering players an immersive gameplay.

    • Exclusive Crypto Games

    A standalone feature of 7Bit best casino online Canada is its inclusion of crypto games. The Bitcoin games at 7Bit Casino allow players to make bets directly using Bitcoins, promoting it as a Bitcoin casino. Best Bitcoin games at 7Bit include BTC Blackjack, BTC Baccarat, Keno, and Bitcoin Roulette.

    Payment

    Funding at a casino involves security and privacy risks, but 7Bit online casino Ontario makes it convenient and safe. Offering both traditional and digital payment, players can choose the payment option they are comfortable with.

    • Payment Options

    Different payment options are available at 7Bit, the best online casino in Canada. Visa, MasterCard, and Maestro are suitable payment options for players who prefer traditional payment methods, while cryptocurrency payments are ideal for players who wish to transact through a digital interface.

    Supported Cryptocurrencies

    • Bitcoin (BTC)
    • Ethereum (ETH)
    • Litecoin (LTC)
    • Dogecoin (DOGE)
    • Bitcoin Cash (BCH)
    • Ripple (XRP)
    • Tether (USDT)

    Supported Fiat Currencies

    • EUR
    • USD
    • AUD
    • CAD
    • NOK
    • PLN
    • NZD

    Deposit and Withdrawal Limit

    7Bit has a straightforward deposit process. The minimum deposit limit varies depending on the type of payment method chosen. All deposits are processed immediately, eliminating the cumbersome waiting time.This lets players focus more on games without getting interrupted. Similar to depositing, the minimum and maximum limits of withdrawal depend on your chosen payment option.

    Payment Speed

    Payments are pretty fast at 7Bit online casino Ontario. Crypto and e-wallet payments are processed instantly, while bank transfers take some time to process. The detailed processing time for different payment options at 7Bit casino is given below.

    • Cryptocurrency: Instant / Max 1 hour
    • Visa/MasterCard: Instant / 1-3 days
    • Skrill: Instant
    • Neteller: Instant
    • Bank Transfer: 3-5 business days

    Responsible Gambling Practices

    7Bit online casino Ontario is licensed under the Curacao government and adheres to its strict laws and regulations. Promoting responsible gambling, 7Bit includes various tools that ensure players are gambling responsibly. Tools like deposit limits, loss limits, self-exclusion tools, and wagering limits prevent players from uncontrolled gambling.

    • Deposit Limits: Limits the amount a player deposits for gambling.
    • Loss Limits: Restricts players’ ability to lose over a specific period of time.
    • Wagering Limits: Limits the amount of money a player wagers within a set timeframe.
    • Self-exclusion Tools: Temporarily deactivates a player’s account to prevent them from over-gambling or addiction.

    Customer Support and User Experience
    7Bit offers 24/7 customer support, solving all the queries of players with utmost diligence and accuracy. Customer assistance options include email and live chat with a quick response time. Generally, queries are solved within minutes in live chats and within 24 hours for emails. A detailed FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) section is also available at 7Bit, solving all the fundamental queries within no time.

    Evaluating the user experience, 7Bit, the best online casino in Ontario, delivers a mobile-friendly gambling experience, allowing players to gamble wherever they go. Players can navigate to the platform easily and locate their favorite games seamlessly. This best casino online Canada stands out for its top-notch graphics; the combined dark and light color theme mimics the real-time casinos, giving players a conventional gambling experience. The responsive design works well on both iOS and Android devices.

    Final Verdict on 7Bit Casino: Best Online Casino Canada

    7Bit Casino is a great option for players looking for a crypto-friendly gambling experience. With its generous bonus offers, massive game collection, and a smooth user experience, it stands out as one of the best online casinos in Canada, especially for those who enjoy both traditional and blockchain-based gaming. The 325% welcome bonus up to 5 BTC, 250 free spins, and additional reload bonuses and cashbacks make it an appealing choice for many players.

    This casino doesn’t just offer amazing bonuses, but also boasts a wide variety of games, from classic slots to the latest crypto games, ensuring there’s something for everyone. The versatile payment options, including both crypto and fiat, make for seamless deposits and withdrawals, allowing for an uninterrupted gameplay experience.

    The customer service at 7Bit Casino is top-notch, providing helpful support through live chat and email, ensuring players can feel confident and well-assisted throughout their time on the site. While the KYC requirement for withdrawals over $2,000 and geographical restrictions can be a slight inconvenience, these don’t overshadow the overall experience.

    For players in Ontario and across Canada, 7Bit Casino offers a balanced blend of traditional and modern gambling features. If you’re searching for a reliable, rewarding, and user-friendly online casino, 7Bit is one of the best online casinos in Canada. Log in and enjoy the advantages—just make sure to read the terms and conditions for a smoother experience!

    Unlock Your 325% Welcome Bonus and 250 Free Spins at 7Bit Casino!

    Frequently Asked Questions

    • Is 7Bit Casino Legit?

    Yes, 7Bit is a legitimate casino operating under a Curacao eGaming License.

    • Does 7Bit require KYC?

    KYC is mandatory for withdrawals above $2,000 at 7Bit.

    • What are the different types of payment methods included in 7Bit, the best online casino in Canada?

    Along with crypto payments, 7Bit supports credit/debit cards, e-wallets, and bank transfers.

    • Why should I play at 7Bit Casino in Canada?

    7Bit offers you an impressive game library, attractive bonuses, wide payment options, an engaging interface, and efficient customer support, making it the best gambling platform in Canada.

    • How to claim the welcome bonus at 7Bit Casino?

    New registrants can claim their welcome bonus by making the required initial deposits.

    Email: Support@7bitCasino.com

    Disclaimer and Affiliate Disclosure
    General Disclaimer
    This article is for informational and entertainment purposes only, not legal or financial advice. Content is based on research and user reviews as of writing. No warranties are made, and users must verify information before acting.

    Casino and Gambling Disclaimer
    Online gambling carries risks and isn’t for everyone. Confirm you’re of legal gambling age in your jurisdiction. Gambling laws vary, and compliance is your responsibility. We don’t promote gambling; participation is at your risk. 7Bit Casino is a third-party platform, and we’re not liable for losses or disputes.

    Affiliate Disclosure
    This article may include affiliate links, earning us a commission at no cost to you for qualifying actions. These support our content. Our reviews are unbiased, and we recommend only valuable products. Do your own research before signing up.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/26c8297c-4df1-47b1-9448-a50bdd966987

    The MIL Network –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Safer Schools, Stronger Futures

    Source: Asia Development Bank

    On April 25, 2015, a 7.8 magnitude earthquake struck Nepal, claiming over 8,000 lives and destroying thousands of homes, businesses, and schools. In response, the Government of Nepal, ADB, and development partners launched a determined effort to create safer, more resilient schools.

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-Evening Report: Israel’s endgame for tormented Gaza is political and physical erasure

    COMMENTARY: By Nour Odeh

    There was faint hope that efforts to achieve a ceasefire deal in Gaza would succeed. That hope is now all but gone, offering 2.1 million tormented and starved Palestinians dismal prospects for the days and weeks ahead.

    Last Saturday, the Israeli Prime Minister once again affirmed he had no intention to end the war. Benjamin Netanyahu wants what he calls “absolute victory” to achieve US President Donald Trump’s so-called vision for Gaza of ethnic cleansing and annexation.

    To that end, Israel is weaponising food at a scale not seen before, including immediately after the October 7 attack by Hamas. It has not allowed any wheat, medicine boxes, or other vital aid into the Gaza Strip since 2 March.

    This engineered starvation has pushed experts to warn that 1.1 million Palestinians face imminent famine.

    Many believe this was Israel’s “maximum pressure” plan all along: massive force, starvation, and land grabs. It’s what the Israeli Minister of Defence, Israel Katz, referred to in March when he gave Palestinians in Gaza an ultimatum — surrender or die.

    A month after breaking the ceasefire, Israel has converted nearly 70 percent of the tiny territory into no-go or forced displacement zones, including all of Rafah. It has also created a new so-called security corridor, where the illegal settlement of Morag once stood.

    Israel is bombing the Palestinians it is starving while actively pushing them into a tiny strip of dunes along the coast.

    Israel only interested in temporary ceasefire
    This mentality informed the now failed ceasefire talks. Israel was only interested in a temporary ceasefire deal that would keep its troops in Gaza and see the release of half of the living Israeli captives.

    In exchange, Israel reportedly offered to allow critically needed food and aid back into Gaza, which it is obliged to do as an occupying power, irrespective of a ceasefire agreement.

    Israel also refused to commit to ending the war, just as it did in the Lebanon ceasefire agreement, while also demanding that Hamas disarm and agree to the exile of its prominent members from Gaza.

    Disarming is a near-impossible demand in such a context, but this is not motivated by a preserved arsenal that Hamas wants to hold on to. Materially speaking, the armaments Israel wants Hamas to give up are inconsequential, except in how they relate to the group’s continued control over Gaza and its future role in Palestinian politics.

    Symbolically, accepting the demand to lay down arms is a sign of surrender few Palestinians would support in a context devoid of a political horizon, or even the prospect of one.

    While Israel has declared Hamas as an enemy that must be “annihilated”, the current right-wing government in Israel doesn’t want to deal with any Palestinian party or entity.

    The famous “no Hamas-stan and no Fatah-stan” is not just a slogan in Israeli political thinking — it is the policy.

    Golden opportunity for mass ethnic cleansing
    This government senses a golden opportunity for the mass ethnic cleansing of Palestinians and the annexation of Gaza and the West Bank — and it aims to seize it.

    Hamas’s chief negotiator Khalil al-Hayya recently said that the movement was done with partial deals. Hamas, he said, was willing to release all Israeli captives in exchange for ending the war and Israel’s full withdrawal from Gaza, as well as the release of an agreed-on number of Palestinian prisoners.

    But the truth is, Hamas is running out of options.

    Netanyahu does not consider releasing the remaining Israeli captives as a central goal. Hamas has no leverage and barely any allies left standing.

    Hezbollah is out of the equation, facing geographic and political isolation, demands for disarmament, and the lethal Israeli targeting of its members.

    Armed Iraqi groups have signalled their willingness to hand over weapons to the government in Baghdad in order not to be in the crosshairs of Washington or Tel Aviv.

    Meanwhile, the Houthis in Yemen have sustained heavy losses from hundreds of massive US airstrikes. Despite their defiant tone, they cannot change the current dynamics.

    Tehran distanced from Houthis
    Finally, Iran is engaged in what it describes as positive dialogue with the Trump administration to avert a confrontation. To that end, Tehran has distanced itself from the Houthis and is welcoming the idea of US investment.

    The so-called Arab plan for Gaza’s reconstruction also excludes any role for Hamas. While the mediators are pushing for a political formula that would not decisively erase Hamas from Palestinian politics, some Arab states would prefer such a scenario.

    As these agendas and new realities play out, Gaza has been laid to waste. There is no food, no space, no hope. Only despair and growing anger.

    This chapter of the genocide shows no sign of letting up, with Israel under no international pressure to cease the bombing and forced starvation of Gaza. Hamas remains defiant but has no significant leverage to wield.

    In the absence of any viable Palestinian initiative that can rally international support around a different dialogue altogether about ending the war, intervention can only come from Washington, where the favoured solution is ethnic cleansing.

    This is a dead-end road that pushes Palestinians into the abyss of annihilation, whether by death and starvation or political and material erasure through mass displacement.

    Nour Odeh is a political analyst, public diplomacy consultant, and an award-winning journalist. She also reports for Al Jazeera. This article was first published by The New Arab and is republished under Creative Commons.

    MIL OSI Analysis – EveningReport.nz –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Russia: Financial news: The deposit auction of the Moscow Small Business Lending Assistance Fund will take place on 25.04.2025

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: Moscow Exchange – Moscow Exchange –

    Parameters: Date of the deposit auction 04/25/2025. Placement currency RUB. Maximum amount of funds placed (in the placement currency) 200,000,000.00 Placement term, days 35. Date of depositing funds 04/25/2025. Date of return of funds 05/30/2025. Minimum placement interest rate, % per annum 20.00 Terms of the conclusion, urgent or special (Urgent). Minimum amount of funds placed for one application (in the placement currency) 200,000,000.00 Maximum number of applications from one Participant, pcs. 1. Auction form, open or closed (Open).

    The basis of the Agreement is the General Agreement. Schedule (Moscow time). Applications in preliminary mode from 12:00 to 12:10. Applications in competition mode from 12:10 to 12:15. Setting the cutoff percentage rate or declaring the auction invalid before 12:25.

    Additional conditions – Placement of funds with the possibility of early withdrawal of the entire deposit amount and payment of interest accrued on the deposit amount at the rate established by the deposit transaction, in the event of non-compliance of the Bank with the requirements established by clause 2.1. of the Regulation “On the procedure for selecting banks for placing funds of the Moscow Small Business Lending Assistance Fund in deposits (deposits) under the GDS” (as amended on the date of the deposit transaction), early withdrawal at the “on demand” rate, payment of interest at the end of the term, without replenishment.

    Please note: This information is raw content directly from the source of the information. It is exactly what the source states and does not reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    Please Note; This Information is Raw Content Directly from the Information Source. It is access to What the Source Is Stating and Does Not Reflect

    HTTPS: //VVV. MOEX.K.MO/N89797

    MIL OSI Russia News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: RECEPTION HOSTED BY THE AMBASSADOR OF SWITZERLAND, HE VIKTOR VAVRICKA

    Source:

    REMARKS by the Prime Minister of the Independent State of Samoa, Honourable Fiame Naomi Mata’afa [Wednesday 9 April, 2025]

    Pastor Samoa Unoi,

    Your Excellency, Viktor Vavricka and your good lady,

    Members of the Diplomatic Corps,

    Ladies and Gentlemen,

    Talofa and a pleasant good evening to you all.

    It is a pleasure to join you this evening to celebrate the growing relations between Samoa and Switzerland. In that regard let me extend a very warm welcome to Your Excellency, Ambassador Viktor Vavricka and your good lady. I also congratulate you on your accreditation yesterday as the Ambassador of the Swiss Confederation to Samoa.

    We look forward to working closely with you to further strengthen the connections between our two nations.

    Samoa and Switzerland have enjoyed cordial relationship over four decades underpinned by mutual respect and our shared aspirations for sustainable development.

    Switzerland’s invaluable support has played a crucial role in advancing Samoa’s interests on the global stage. We acknowledge Switzerland’s financial assistance to support the establishment in 2022 of Samoa’s Embassy and Permanent Mission in Geneva, which serves as a vital platform for multilateral diplomacy to engage especially with UN agencies such as WTO, Human Rights, FAO and UNESCO.

    Your country’s generosity in this regard reflects its steadfast commitment to supporting small island developing states in amplifying their voices in the international arena.

    Switzerland’s contribution and investment in the Green Climate Fund GCF) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) has benefitted Samoa through climate resilient projects for Small island developing states. These projects have continued to significantly assist Samoa in building resilience against climate change, promoting sustainable economic growth, and enhancing our disaster preparedness.

    Excellency, it would be remiss of me not to acknowledge the contribution made by Mrs. Sylvie Salanoa as the Swiss Honorary Consul to Samoa especially through Switzerland’s small grant aid which has benefitted our local community. Her dedication has added to fostering stronger ties between our two nations.

    Excellency, I am assured that your tenure as the Ambassador of Switzerland to Samoa will present new opportunities for collaboration and sustained progress in our relations.

    Ladies and gentlemen, please join me in proposing a toast: “To the close and enduring relations between Samoa and Switzerland”.

    Soifua and God bless.

    Photo by the Government of Samoa (Peseta Tusiga Taofiga)

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Beneficient Enters into New GP Primary Capital Transaction

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DALLAS, April 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Beneficient (NASDAQ: BENF) (“Ben” or the “Company”), a technology-enabled platform providing exit opportunities and primary capital solutions and related trust and custody services to holders of alternative assets through its proprietary online platform AltAccess, today announced it has closed on the financing of a $233,333 primary capital commitment for Cork & Vines Fund I, LP (“Fund”), a fund managed by Cork & Vines GP, LP, an asset manager investing in opportunities within the premium experiential, luxury dining segment with a differentiated culinary and strategic wine program focus.

    The transaction represents Ben’s second GP Primary transaction of the fiscal year and third since formally launching the program in late 2024. In exchange for an interest in the Fund, the Fund received approximately $233,333 in stated value of shares of the Company’s Resettable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”), which is convertible at the election of the holder into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the transaction documents. As a result of the transaction, the collateral for Company’s ExAlt loan portfolio is expected to increase by approximately $233,333 of interests in alternative assets. Concurrently, the Company also entered into a Preferred Liquidity Provider Program Agreement with the Fund, whereby the Company may facilitate ongoing liquidity solutions for the Fund and its limited partners.

    “We are excited to continue the momentum at the outset of this fiscal year by completing another GP primary capital transaction as we work to execute on our core liquidity and primary capital strategy,” said Beneficient management. “We believe this financing reflects our ability to close transactions that drive shareholder value and enhance the value of the collateral backing our ExAlt loan portfolio. We will continue to pursue additional opportunities that align with our strategic vision and growth objectives.”

    Upon closing of the previously announced Public Stockholder Enhancement Transactions (the “Transactions”), the Company believes this transaction will result in the addition of approximately $77,777 (and an aggregate of approximately $10.54 million) of tangible book value attributable to the Company’s stockholders.

    Beneficient’s GP Primary Commitment Program is focused on providing primary capital solutions and financing anchor commitments to general partners during their fundraising efforts while immediately deploying capital into our equity. Through the program, Beneficient seeks to help satisfy the up to $330 billion of potential demand for primary commitments to meet fundraising needs.

    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures      
    The following tables reconciles these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP financial measures as of December 31, 2024, on an actual basis and pro forma assuming the Transactions occurred on December 31, 2024.    
    (dollars in thousands)   Actual   Pro forma –
    Transactions
    (1)
      Pro forma –
    Transactions
    and GP
    Primary
    (3)
    Tangible Book Value            
    Total equity (deficit)     14,260     14,260     24,093  
    Less: Goodwill and intangible assets     (13,014 )   (13,014 )   (13,014 )
    Plus: Total temporary equity     90,526     90,526     90,526  
    Tangible book value     91, 772     91,772     101,605  
                 
        Actual   Pro forma –
    Transactions
    (1)
      Pro forma –
    Transactions
    and GP
    Primary
    (3)
    Tangible book value attributable to Ben public company stockholders            
    Tangible book value                       91,772                   91,772     101,605  
    Less: Tangible book value attributable to Beneficient Holdings noncontrolling interest holders                     (91,772 )   (82,595 )   (91,070 )
    Tangible book value attributable to Ben’s public company stockholders     –     9,177 (2)   10,535 (4)
                 
    Market Capitalization of Ben’s Class A and Class B common stock as of April 24, 2025 (5)   $ 2,211          
                     

    (1)  Assumes the Transactions closed on December 31, 2024 including that the Beneficient Holdings limited partnership agreement was amended to provide that Ben, as the indirect holder of the Class A Units and certain Designated Class S Ordinary Units of Beneficient Holdings, would receive in the event of a liquidation of Beneficient Holdings 10% of the first $100 million of distributions of Beneficient Holdings following the satisfaction of the debts and liabilities of Beneficient Holdings on a consolidated basis.
    (2)  Pro forma for the Transactions, represents 10% of the first $100 million of distributions of Beneficient Holdings in the event of the liquidation of Beneficient Holdings following the satisfaction of the debts and liabilities Beneficient Holdings on a consolidated basis.
    (3)  Assumes the Transactions closed on December 31, 2024 including that the Beneficient Holdings limited partnership agreement was amended to provide that Ben, as the indirect holder of the Class A Units and certain Designated Class S Ordinary Units of Beneficient Holdings, would receive in the event of a liquidation of Beneficient Holdings (i) 10% of the first $100 million of distributions of Beneficient Holdings following the satisfaction of the debts and liabilities of Beneficient Holdings on a consolidated basis and (ii) 33.3333% of the net asset value of the added alternative assets of up to $5 billion in connection with ExAlt Plan liquidity and primary capital transactions entered after December 22, 2024. Pro forma for GP Primary includes the primary capital transaction described herein plus the previously disclosed $9.6 million primary capital commitment for Pulse Pioneer Fund, LP.
    (4)  Pro forma for the Transactions, represents (i) 10% of the first $100 million of distributions of Beneficient Holdings in the event of the liquidation of Beneficient Holdings following the satisfaction of the debts and liabilities Beneficient Holdings on a consolidated basis and (ii) 33.3333% of the net asset value of the added alternative assets of up to $5 billion in connection with ExAlt Plan liquidity and primary capital transactions entered after December 22, 2024.
    (5)  Based upon the closing price of the Class A common stock as reported by Nasdaq as of market close on April 24, 2025.

    About Beneficient 
    Beneficient (Nasdaq: BENF) – Ben, for short – is on a mission to democratize the global alternative asset investment market by providing traditionally underserved investors − mid-to-high net worth individuals, small-to-midsized institutions and General Partners seeking exit options, anchor commitments and valued-added services for their funds− with solutions that could help them unlock the value in their alternative assets. Ben’s AltQuote® tool provides customers with a range of potential exit options within minutes, while customers can log on to the AltAccess® portal to explore opportunities and receive proposals in a secure online environment.         

    Its subsidiary, Beneficient Fiduciary Financial, L.L.C., received its charter under the State of Kansas’ Technology-Enabled Fiduciary Financial Institution (TEFFI) Act and is subject to regulatory oversight by the Office of the State Bank Commissioner. 

    For more information, visit www.trustben.com or follow us on LinkedIn. 

    Contacts
    Matt Kreps: 214-597-8200, mkreps@darrowir.com
    Michael Wetherington: 214-284-1199, mwetherington@darrowir.com
    Investor Relations: investors@beneficient.com

    Important Information and Where You Can Find It
    This press release may be deemed to be solicitation material in respect of a vote of stockholders to approve the Transactions. In connection with the requisite stockholder approval, Ben will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a preliminary proxy statement and a definitive proxy statement, which will be sent to the stockholders of Ben, seeking such approvals related to the Transactions.

    INVESTORS AND SECURITY HOLDERS OF BEN AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES ARE URGED TO READ, WHEN AVAILABLE, THE PROXY STATEMENT AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS FILED OR TO BE FILED WITH THE SEC IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THOSE DOCUMENTS, BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BEN AND THE TRANSACTIONS. Investors and security holders will be able to obtain a free copy of the proxy statement, as well as other relevant documents filed with the SEC containing information about Ben, without charge, at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). Copies of documents filed with the SEC by Ben can also be obtained, without charge, by directing a request to Investor Relations, Beneficient, 325 North St. Paul Street, Suite 4850, Dallas, Texas 75201, or email investors@beneficient.com.

    Participants in the Solicitation of Proxies in Connection with Transactions
    Ben and certain of its directors, executive officers and employees may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies in respect of the requisite stockholder approvals under the rules of the SEC. Information regarding Ben’s directors and executive officers is available in its annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on July 9, 2024 and certain current reports on Form 8-K filed by Ben. Other information regarding the participants in the solicitation of proxies with respect to the Transactions and a description of their direct and indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, will be contained in the proxy statement and other relevant materials to be filed with the SEC. Free copies of these documents, when available, may be obtained as described in the preceding paragraph.

    Not an Offer of Securities
    The information in this communication is for informational purposes only and shall not constitute, or form a part of, an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities. The securities that are the subject of the Transactions have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.

    Forward Looking Statements
    Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters set forth in this press release are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the Transactions, including receipt of required approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions and excepted timing of closing of the Transactions, and expectations of future plans, strategies, and benefits of the Transactions. The words ”anticipate,” “believe,” ”continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” ”plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, them. Because such statements are based on expectations as to future financial and operating results and are not statements of fact, actual results may differ materially from those projected.

    Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements include, among others: the ultimate outcome of the Transactions, including obtaining the requisite vote of securityholders; the Company’s ability to meet expectations regarding the timing and completion of the Transactions; and the risks, uncertainties, and factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and its subsequently filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. The Company assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, subsequent events, or circumstances or other changes affecting such statements except to the extent required by applicable law.

    Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and, except as required by law, the Company assumes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.  

    The MIL Network –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: RBI cancels the licence of Imperial Urban Co-operative Bank Ltd., Jalandhar

    Source: Reserve Bank of India

    The Reserve Bank of India (RBI), vide order dated April 24, 2025, has cancelled the licence of “Imperial Urban Co-operative Bank Ltd., Jalandhar”. Consequently, the bank ceases to carry on banking business, with effect from the close of business on April 25, 2025. The Registrar of Cooperative Societies, Government of Punjab has also been requested to issue an order for winding up the bank and appoint a liquidator for the bank.

    The Reserve Bank cancelled the licence of the bank as:

    1. The bank does not have adequate capital and earning prospects. As such, it does not comply with the provisions of Section 11(1) and Section 22 (3) (d) read with Section 56 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

    2. The bank has failed to comply with the requirements of Sections 22(3) (a), 22 (3) (b), 22(3)(c), 22(3) (d) and 22(3)(e) read with Section 56 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.

    3. The continuance of the bank is prejudicial to the interests of its depositors.

    4. The bank with its present financial position would be unable to pay its present depositors in full; and

    5. Public interest would be adversely affected if the bank is allowed to carry on its banking business any further.

    2. Consequent to the cancellation of its licence, “Imperial Urban Co-operative Bank Ltd., Jalandhar” is prohibited from conducting the business of ‘banking’ which includes, among other things, acceptance of deposits and repayment of deposits as defined in Section 5(b) read with Section 56 of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 with immediate effect.

    3. On liquidation, every depositor would be entitled to receive deposit insurance claim amount of his/her deposits up to a monetary ceiling of ₹5,00,000/- (Rupees five lakh only) from Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC) subject to the provisions of DICGC Act, 1961. As per the data submitted by the bank, 97.79% of the depositors are entitled to receive full amount of their deposits from DICGC. As on January 31, 2025 DICGC has already paid ₹5.41 crore of the total insured deposits under the provisions of Section 18A of the DICGC Act, 1961 based on the willingness received from the concerned depositors of the bank.

    (Puneet Pancholy)  
    Chief General Manager

    Press Release: 2025-2026/183

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: HSBC Bank Plc – Form 8.5 (EPT/NON-RI) – Bakkavor Group plc

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORM 8.5 (EPT/RI)

    PUBLIC DEALING DISCLOSURE BY AN EXEMPT PRINCIPAL TRADER WITH RECOGNISED INTERMEDIARY STATUS DEALING IN A CLIENT-SERVING CAPACITY
    Rule 8.5 of the Takeover Code (the “Code”)

    1.         KEY INFORMATION

    (a) Name of exempt principal trader: HSBC Bank Plc
    (b) Name of offeror/offeree in relation to whose relevant securities this form relates:
         Use a separate form for each offeror/offeree
    Bakkavor Group plc
    (c) Name of the party to the offer with which exempt principal trader is connected: OFFEROR: Greencore Group plc
    (d) Date dealing undertaken: 24 April 2025
    (e) In addition to the company in 1(b) above, is the exempt principal trader making disclosures in respect of any other party to this offer?
         If it is a cash offer or possible cash offer, state “N/A”
    Greencore Group plc    

    2.         DEALINGS BY THE EXEMPT PRINCIPAL TRADER

    Where there have been dealings in more than one class of relevant securities of the offeror or offeree named in 1(b), copy table 2(a), (b), (c) or (d) (as appropriate) for each additional class of relevant security dealt in.

    The currency of all prices and other monetary amounts should be stated.

    (a)        Purchases and sales

    Class of relevant security Purchases/ sales

     

    Total number of securities Highest price per unit paid/received
    (GBP)
    Lowest price per unit paid/received
    (GBP)
    Ordinary Shares Purchase 7,267 173.229 p 4.800 p
    Ordinary Shares Sale 5,000 4.800 p 4.800 p

    (b)        Cash-settled derivative transactions

    Class of relevant security Product description Nature of dealing Number of reference securities Price per unit (GBP)
    e.g. CFD e.g. opening/closing a long/short position, increasing/reducing a long/short position
    Ordinary Shares Swap Increasing a Short Position 2,102 173.230 p
    Ordinary Shares Swap Increasing a Short Position 165 173.229 p

    (c)        Stock-settled derivative transactions (including options)

    (i)         Writing, selling, purchasing or varying

    Class of relevant security Product description e.g. call option Writing, purchasing, selling, varying etc. Number of securities to which option relates Exercise price per unit Type
    e.g. American, European etc.
    Expiry date Option money paid/ received per unit
                   

    (ii)        Exercise

    Class of relevant security Product description
    e.g. call option
    Exercising/ exercised against Number of securities Exercise price per unit
             

     

    (d)        Other dealings (including subscribing for new securities)

    Class of relevant security Nature of dealing
    e.g. subscription, conversion
    Details Price per unit (if applicable)
       

     

       

    3.         OTHER INFORMATION

    (a)        Indemnity and other dealing arrangements

    Details of any indemnity or option arrangement, or any agreement or understanding, formal or informal, relating to relevant securities which may be an inducement to deal or refrain from dealing entered into by the exempt principal trader making the disclosure and any party to the offer or any person acting in concert with a party to the offer:
    Irrevocable commitments and letters of intent should not be included.  If there are no such agreements, arrangements or understandings, state “none”
     

    None

    (b)        Agreements, arrangements or understandings relating to options or derivatives

    Details of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, formal or informal, between the exempt principal trader making the disclosure and any other person relating to:
    (i)  the voting rights of any relevant securities under any option; or
    (ii) the voting rights or future acquisition or disposal of any relevant securities to which any derivative is referenced:
    If there are no such agreements, arrangements or understandings, state “none”
     

    None

    Date of disclosure: 25 April 2025
    Contact name: Dhruti Singh
    Telephone number: 0207 088 2000

    Public disclosures under Rule 8 of the Code must be made to a Regulatory Information Service. 

    The Panel’s Market Surveillance Unit is available for consultation in relation to the Code’s dealing disclosure requirements on +44 (0)20 7638 0129.

    The Code can be viewed on the Panel’s website at www.thetakeoverpanel.org.uk.

    The MIL Network –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Europe: The EBA publishes key indicators on climate risk in the EU/EEA banking sector

    Source: European Banking Authority

    The European Banking Authority (EBA) today released an ESG dashboard that establishes a broader ESG risks monitoring framework and allows centralised access to comparable climate risk indicators. This dashboard provides benchmarks and enhances the assessment and monitoring of transition and physical climate-related risk across the EU/EEA banking sector. It is based on the information disclosed by banks as part of their Pillar 3 ESG disclosures.

    This dashboard covers climate risk, both from a transition and a physical perspective. The indicators show the spectrum of green financing, based on the alignment with the EU Taxonomy, as well as beyond the Taxonomy criteria, considering internal definitions of green finance used by institutions.

    The data show a substantial exposure (above 70% in most countries) of the EU/EEA banks to corporates from sectors highly contributing to climate change. This may imply a significant exposure to climate-related transition risk, especially if companies are affected by policy measures related to sustainability objectives, if a need to invest in technological change arises, or are affected by changing consumer preferences. Companies active in these sectors may of course be affected by these risks to a different extent and the aggregate data cannot recognise individual differences or transition measures already taken.

    Indicators related to physical risk show an average share of exposures in areas subject to elevated physical risk below 30% in most countries. However, the granularity at which data is disclosed in different geographical locations, as well as the assessment methodologies vary across institutions. The indicators are built on data disclosed by institutions presenting their own assessment of the exposures and geographical areas exposed to this type of risk.

    The dashboard also includes specific indicators for exposures secured by immovable property collateral, showing that approximately half of the EU real estate lending is classified in the first two buckets of energy efficiency, lower than 200 kWh/m2 of collateral. This may indicate relatively limited transition risk related to immovable property collateral. However, banks report that they largely rely on proxies and estimates with regard to energy efficiency data, hence the need to interpret this data with caution.

    Finally, the tool provides indicators related to EU/EEA banks’ alignment with the EU Taxonomy and beyond. While the Green Asset Ratio (GAR) remains low, slightly below 3% on average, there is noticeable dispersion across EU/EEA banks and countries. The currently low level of the indicator owes to the structure of the indicator itself. The computed loan GAR, which aligns the numerator and the denominator of the indicator, displays higher levels. The low level of the indicator is also due to the fact that the economy is still under transition, with at this stage few activities being able to demonstrate alignment with the Taxonomy criteria. To facilitate the interpretation, the GAR figures are accompanied by further indicators, offering a more detailed focus on lending to specific types of counterparties, presenting the scope of exposures that are eligible to be assessed against the Taxonomy criteria, and the extent of green lending based on other criteria than the EU Taxonomy.

    Legal basis, background and next steps

    The development of the ESG risk monitoring framework supports the Commission’s objective to systemically monitor climate-related financial stability risks. The ESG risk indicators have been developed in accordance with Article 29(f) of the EBA founding regulation (Regulation EU 1093/201), requiring the EBA to put in place a monitoring system to assess environmental, social and governance-related risks taking into account the Paris Agreement to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.

    The indicators are built based on Pillar 3 ESG data disclosed by banks with reference dates of 31 December 2023 and 30 June 2024.

    The EBA intends to regularly update and evolve the indicators over time. Given that the Pillar 3 disclosure templates are presently under revision, the charts and indicators may be adjusted in future updated versions. This relates in particular to the Taxonomy alignment indicators (any changes to the GAR in the relevant regulations would be reflected in future updates of the ESG risks monitoring tool).

    MIL OSI Europe News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Energy Transition Readiness Assessment for Developing Asia and the Pacific

    Source: Asia Development Bank

    Inspired by the World Economic Forum’s long-running Energy Transition Index (ETI), the energy transition readiness assessment (ETRA) borrows from the ETI’s framework, methodology, and indicator selection while building around the unique conditions and needs of developing Asia and the Pacific

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Foreign Exchange Turnover Data: February 03, 2025 – February 07, 2025

    Source: Reserve Bank of India

    The Reserve Bank of India today released the data showing daily merchant and Inter-Bank transactions in foreign exchange for the period February 03, 2025 – February 07, 2025

    All Figures are in USD Millions
    Position Date MERCHANT INTER BANK
    FCY / INR FCY / FCY FCY / INR FCY / FCY
    Spot Forward Forward Cancel Spot Forward Forward Cancel Spot Swap Forward Spot Swap Forward
    Purchases
    03-02-2025 4,566 1,841 1,222 699 507 319 22,305 26,839 2,568 8,537 2,899 400
    04-02-2025 5,162 1,295 1,493 704 418 363 24,858 30,803 2,451 7,528 2,333 643
    05-02-2025 4,235 2,198 1,640 448 314 317 25,323 29,304 2,871 8,212 2,529 758
    06-02-2025 4,434 1,869 1,443 419 218 228 24,713 28,050 2,876 5,813 1,571 235
    07-02-2025 3,757 1,188 1,671 289 176 186 20,270 26,247 2,472 4,677 2,218 371
    Sales
    03-02-2025 4,241 3,355 1,421 717 508 319 21,743 23,789 1,519 8,499 3,020 401
    04-02-2025 4,774 2,702 913 702 418 363 23,232 30,402 3,105 7,552 2,389 643
    05-02-2025 4,751 2,198 892 467 314 317 23,005 25,465 3,242 8,375 2,514 758
    06-02-2025 4,901 2,917 1,496 452 235 228 20,602 28,296 3,617 5,795 1,593 235
    07-02-2025 4,455 2,661 1,030 288 180 187 19,413 24,384 1,708 4,616 2,322 371
    (Provisional Data)

    Ajit Prasad          
    Deputy General Manager
    (Communications)    

    Press Release: 2025-2026/177

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Non-Executive Director Appointment

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    25 APRIL 2025

    NORTHERN 3 VCT PLC

    NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR APPOINTMENT

    Northern 3 VCT PLC (“the Company”) is pleased to announce that it has appointed David Ovens to the board as a non-executive director and as a member of the Company’s audit, nomination and management engagement committees with effect from 24 April 2025.

    David brings 30 years’ experience in the investment industry. He is currently Joint Managing Director of Archangel Investors.

    David has extensive venture capital experience, having previously served as Chair of SIS Ventures, a trustee of Social Investment Scotland, non-executive director of LINC Scotland (now known as Angel Capital Scotland), and CEO of Invercap. David also has significant corporate finance experience having previously worked with Bank of Scotland, Noble Grossart and Noble & Company.

    David currently serves as Chair of the Board of Scottish Athletics and non-executive director of UK Athletics. Additionally, David is a General Council Assessor for the University of Edinburgh Court.

    There are no disclosures to be made in accordance with UKLR 6.4.8 R of the UK Listing Rules in relation to David Ovens’ appointment.

    Enquiries:

    Sarah Williams / James Sly, Mercia Fund Management Limited – 0330 223 1430

    Website: www.mercia.co.uk/vcts

    Neither the contents of the Mercia Asset Management PLC website, nor the contents of any website accessible from hyperlinks on the Mercia Asset Management PLC website (or any other website), are incorporated into, or form part of, this announcement.

    The MIL Network –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Result of the Daily Variable Rate Repo (VRR) auction held on April 25, 2025

    Source: Reserve Bank of India

    Tenor 3-day
    Notified Amount (in ₹ crore) 50,000
    Total amount of bids received (in ₹ crore) 6,947
    Amount allotted (in ₹ crore) 6,947
    Cut off Rate (%) 6.01
    Weighted Average Rate (%) 6.01
    Partial Allotment Percentage of bids received at cut off rate (%) NA

    Ajit Prasad          
    Deputy General Manager
    (Communications)    

    Press Release: 2025-2026/176

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: LHV Group’s Terms for Own Shares Acquisition

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    The Supervisory Board of AS LHV Group, based on the authorisation granted by the General Meeting of shareholders held on 26 March 2025, approved the following terms for the acquisition of LHV Group’s own shares:

    • The maximum volume of acquisition is up to 3.3 million shares within one year;
    • The acquisition price per share must not exceed: (i) the average market price over the last 30 trading days by more than 50%, and (ii) the closing price on the previous trading day on Nasdaq Tallinn;
    • The authorised agent for the transactions is AS LHV Pank, acting independently and on a market-based basis;
    • All transactions, including shareholder-initiated block trades, will be executed on the regulated market Nasdaq Tallinn;
    • The acquisition may commence on the date of this announcement;
    • Summary data (daily volume and weighted average price) will be disclosed no later than on the seventh trading day after the transaction, and be made available to the Estonian Financial Supervision and Resolution Authority, via the Nasdaq Tallinn system, and on LHV Group’s investor website.

    LHV Group is the largest domestic financial group and capital provider in Estonia. LHV Group’s key subsidiaries are LHV Pank, LHV Varahaldus, LHV Kindlustus, and LHV Bank Limited. The Group employs over 1,160 people. As at the end of March, LHV’s banking services are being used by 465,000 clients, the pension funds managed by LHV have 113,000 active customers, and LHV Kindlustus is protecting a total of 174,000 clients. LHV Bank Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, holds a banking licence in the United Kingdom and provides banking services to international financial technology companies, as well as loans to small and medium-sized enterprises.

    Priit Rum
    Communications Manager
    Phone: +372 502 0786
    Email: priit.rum@lhv.ee 

    The MIL Network –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Result of Underwriting Auction conducted on April 25, 2025

    Source: Reserve Bank of India

    In the underwriting auction conducted on April 25, 2025, for Additional Competitive Underwriting (ACU) of the undernoted Government securities, the Reserve Bank of India has set the cut-off rates for underwriting commission payable to Primary Dealers as given below:

    Nomenclature of the Security Notified Amount
    (₹ crore)
    Minimum Underwriting Commitment (MUC) Amount
    (₹ crore)
    Additional Competitive Underwriting Amount Accepted
    (₹ crore)
    Total Amount underwritten
    (₹ crore)
    ACU Commission Cut-off rate
    (paise per ₹100)
    6.75% GS 2029 15,000 7,518 7,482 15,000 0.06
    7.09% GS 2054 12,000 6,006 5,994 12,000 0.15
    Auction for the sale of securities will be held on April 25, 2025.

    Ajit Prasad          
    Deputy General Manager
    (Communications)    

    Press Release: 2025-2026/175

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: ICYMI—Hagerty Joins Kudlow on Fox Business to Discuss Russia-Ukraine War, Tariff Negotiations

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Tennessee Bill Hagerty
    NASHVILLE, TN—United States Senator Bill Hagerty (R-TN), a member of the Senate Appropriations, Banking, and Foreign Relations Committees and former U.S. Ambassador to Japan, today joined Kudlow on Fox Business to discuss the ongoing negotiations to bring a peace deal to the Russia-Ukraine war, along with President Donald Trump’s strength in tariff negotiations with China.

    *Click the photo above or here to watch*
    Partial Transcript
    Hagerty on Trump’s toughness against Russia: “President Trump has continued not only to retain sanctions in place, but actually enforced them, which the Biden Administration never did. The Biden Administration talked tough, but they did not enforce sanctions. What President Trump has done is actually gone into secondary sanctions. I think you read about the fact that President Trump has gone in and sanctioned a Chinese refinery, the buyer of Russian crude [oil]. That is the way to deal with this. That’s the way to put maximum pressure on Russia, their banks, the purchasers of crude oil. That’s the way to deal with this. He’s doing it. The pressure has been maintained and mounting on Vladimir Putin.”
    Hagerty on weakening Russia by regaining U.S. energy independence: “You’re absolutely right, Dave. And President Trump’s been extremely clear about not only wanting to get back to energy independence, but energy dominance for America. That’s bad for Russia, that’s bad for Iran, that’s bad for Venezuela, but it’s great for our allies and for us.”
    Hagerty on the need to end the Russia-Ukraine war: “I think about the fact that [Treasury Secretary] Scott Bessent traveled to Ukraine to put in place a deal for critical minerals that would’ve engaged our economy with theirs. Zelenskyy said, of course I’ll sign it, but I’d like to wait [until] I get to meet with Vice President [JD] Vance in Munich. He goes to Munich—Vice President Vance is courteous enough to meet with him—and he tells Vice President Vance, I’d like to actually sign it with the president at the White House. We accede to that. We let him come to the White House, and what does he do? He tries to re-trade the deal on international TV in front of everybody. I think it really is amazing. I think how congenial President Trump has been in dealing with both of these parties. He wants to bring this to an end, and I’d like to say this: Dave, every week this waits, we’re losing roughly another 5,000 lives. It’s time for both parties, Russia and Ukraine, to get to the table and bring this to an end […] I don’t know the answer in terms of who’s advising Zelenskyy, and I would say this: had it been [Former President] Joe Biden in that Oval office, in that meeting, it would’ve worked, but it certainly is not going to work with President Trump. He wasn’t going to tolerate that sort of behavior. He wasn’t so hungry for a deal to be celebrating it in the Rose Garden. He sent Zelenskyy home, and he should have.”
    Hagerty on Trump’s strength against Iran’s terror regime: “Well, Dave, I’ll remind you that everyone said that the Abraham Accords couldn’t be done, but President Trump was able to deliver on that. If anybody can deliver peace in the Middle East, it’s Donald Trump. I think the Iranians should understand and appreciate the fact that President Trump is not going to take this anymore. It’s going to be maximum pressure. They are the greatest state sponsors of terror, not only in the region, but in the world. They’re in a very difficult place right now. You mentioned, Dave, oil prices are coming down. That’s not good for Iran, right? We started enforcing sanctions, rather than just talking about it the way the Biden Administration said, that’s not good for Iran. Their economy’s in a tough spot right now. Now is the time to negotiate. Now is the time to end this program of terror, to end their nuclear program, and bring peace back to the Middle East.”
    Hagerty on the tariff negotiations between the U.S. and China: “[China tends] to overplay their hand, whether it’s their use of the Belt and Road Initiative, or whether it’s the situation they find themselves in now, again, retaliating against President Trump when he warned them not to, and find themselves in an extraordinarily difficult box. China has a very export dependent economy. They’ve also not played by the same rules that every other major economy does. They steal intellectual property. They subsidize industries. They need to come to the table now and look to actually make a deal […] I worked very closely with the team that negotiated the phase one deal in the first Administration, because they worked with me on the two trade deals that we did with Japan. They committed, at that point, to $200 billion worth of purchases from America. They fell short. China needs to keep its word; China needs to step up. If you think about what happened during the Covid crisis, if you think about the spy balloon that flew across America, there’s a real issue of trust right now. That issue needs to be resolved. China needs to prove that it’s a reliable partner.”

    MIL OSI USA News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI China: Announcement on Open Market Operations No.79 [2025]

    Source: Peoples Bank of China

    Announcement on Open Market Operations No.79 [2025]

    (Open Market Operations Office, April 25, 2025)

    The People’s Bank of China conducted reverse repo operations in the amount of RMB159.5 billion through quantity bidding at a fixed interest rate on April 25, 2025.

    Details of the Reverse Repo Operations

    Maturity

    Rate

    Bidding Volume

    Winning Bid Volume

    7 days

    1.50%

    RMB159.5 billion

    RMB159.5 billion

    Date of last update Nov. 29 2018

    2025年04月25日

    MIL OSI China News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Economics: Money Market Operations as on April 24, 2025

    Source: Reserve Bank of India


    (Amount in ₹ crore, Rate in Per cent)

      Volume
    (One Leg)
    Weighted
    Average Rate
    Range
    A. Overnight Segment (I+II+III+IV) 6,20,925.63 5.81 0.01-6.75
         I. Call Money 12,680.45 5.85 4.95-5.96
         II. Triparty Repo 4,11,215.45 5.77 5.61-6.00
         III. Market Repo 1,95,422.73 5.89 0.01-6.75
         IV. Repo in Corporate Bond 1,607.00 6.09 5.95-6.15
    B. Term Segment      
         I. Notice Money** 139.85 5.82 5.45-5.90
         II. Term Money@@ 742.00 – 5.80-6.20
         III. Triparty Repo 8,826.50 5.87 5.85-6.00
         IV. Market Repo 971.46 6.09 6.05-6.15
         V. Repo in Corporate Bond 0.00 – –
      Auction Date Tenor (Days) Maturity Date Amount Current Rate /
    Cut off Rate
    C. Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF), Marginal Standing Facility (MSF) & Standing Deposit Facility (SDF)
    I. Today’s Operations
    1. Fixed Rate          
    2. Variable Rate&          
      (I) Main Operation          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (II) Fine Tuning Operations          
         (a) Repo Thu, 24/04/2025 1 Fri, 25/04/2025 9,634.00 6.01
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (III) Long Term Operations^          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
    3. MSF# Thu, 24/04/2025 1 Fri, 25/04/2025 323.00 6.25
    4. SDFΔ# Thu, 24/04/2025 1 Fri, 25/04/2025 1,46,584.00 5.75
    5. Net liquidity injected from today’s operations [injection (+)/absorption (-)]*       -1,36,627.00  
    II. Outstanding Operations
    1. Fixed Rate          
    2. Variable Rate&          
      (I) Main Operation          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (II) Fine Tuning Operations          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (III) Long Term Operations^          
         (a) Repo Thu, 17/04/2025 43 Fri, 30/05/2025 25,731.00 6.01
         (b) Reverse Repo          
    3. MSF#          
    4. SDFΔ#          
    D. Standing Liquidity Facility (SLF) Availed from RBI$       10,031.22  
    E. Net liquidity injected from outstanding operations [injection (+)/absorption (-)]*     35,762.22  
    F. Net liquidity injected (outstanding including today’s operations) [injection (+)/absorption (-)]*     -1,00,864.78  
    G. Cash Reserves Position of Scheduled Commercial Banks
         (i) Cash balances with RBI as on April 24, 2025 9,49,257.22  
         (ii) Average daily cash reserve requirement for the fortnight ending May 02, 2025 9,51,938.00  
    H. Government of India Surplus Cash Balance Reckoned for Auction as on¥ April 24, 2025 9,634.00  
    I. Net durable liquidity [surplus (+)/deficit (-)] as on April 04, 2025 2,36,088.00  
    @ Based on Reserve Bank of India (RBI) / Clearing Corporation of India Limited (CCIL).
    – Not Applicable / No Transaction.
    ** Relates to uncollateralized transactions of 2 to 14 days tenor.
    @@ Relates to uncollateralized transactions of 15 days to one year tenor.
    $ Includes refinance facilities extended by RBI.
    & As per the Press Release No. 2019-2020/1900 dated February 06, 2020.
    Δ As per the Press Release No. 2022-2023/41 dated April 08, 2022.
    * Net liquidity is calculated as Repo+MSF+SLF-Reverse Repo-SDF.
    ¥ As per the Press Release No. 2014-2015/1971 dated March 19, 2015.
    # As per the Press Release No. 2023-2024/1548 dated December 27, 2023.
    ^ As per the Press Release No. 2025-2026/91 dated April 11, 2025.
    Ajit Prasad          
    Deputy General Manager
    (Communications)    
    Press Release: 2025-2026/174

    MIL OSI Economics –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI: Banco Itaú Chile Files Material Event Notice announcing 2025 Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting Agreements

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SANTIAGO, Chile, April 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — BANCO ITAÚ CHILE (SSE: ITAUCL) (the “Bank”) announced that it filed a Material Event Notice with the Chilean Commission for the Financial Market reporting the agreements taken at the Bank’s Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting held today.

    The Material Event Notice is available on the company’s investor relations website at ir.itau.cl. 

    Investor Relations – Banco Itaú Chile

    IR@itau.cl / ir.itau.cl

    The MIL Network –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI USA: Reed: Trump’s Reckless Attacks on Fed’s Powell Are Destabilizing & Hurt the Economy

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Rhode Island Jack Reed

    PROVIDENCE, RI – As President Donald Trump continues to threaten to illegally fire Federal Reserve Chair Jerome H. Powell unless he prioritizes Trump’s political preferences over responsible economic policy, U.S. Senator Jack Reed (D-RI), a member of the Senate Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs Committee, is warning that Trump’s irresponsible rhetoric is doing financial harm to American families, businesses, and the U.S. economy.

    “Donald Trump is a one man financial crisis.  He inherited a strong, growing economy and has senselessly decimated it with irrational tariff taxes and reckless threats to obliterate the Fed’s independence.  So far, Trump’s economic policies have been a disaster for Main Street and a nightmare for Wall Street.  And now, he wants Chair Powell and the Fed to prioritize his political concerns over economic reality by cutting rates and increasing inflation in order to stimulate the economy he is wrecking.  He needs to reverse course and responsible people across the political spectrum need to speak up or risk having him politically interfere in monetary policy and cause very bad financial outcomes for all Americans,” said Senator Reed.

    As Fed Chair, Jerome Powell is statutorily tasked with achieving the Fed’s dual mandate of stable prices – low inflation – and maximum employment.  This task has been made more difficult by President Trump’s tariff taxes, which researchers at Yale have found will raise inflation from 2.5% today to around 5.5% in the coming months. 

    Last week, during a speech outlining his economic outlook, Chair Powell noted that the President’s tariffs will raise prices and impact how the Fed works to achieve its dual mandate – something economists and analysts across the political spectrum have warned for months.  Seemingly in response, President Trump said he’s not happy with Powell and declared that he has the power to replace him. “If I want him out, he’ll be out of there real fast, believe me,” Trump said. “I’m not happy with him.”  Trump later called on the Fed to cut interest rates while admitting his policies are slowing the economy, writing the Fed needs to make “Preemptive Cuts” to interest rates, and “there can be a SLOWING of the economy unless Mr. Too Late, a major loser, lowers interest rates, NOW.”

    Senator Reed warns it could be “catastrophic” for the U.S. economy if President Trump tries to fire Fed Chair Powell to get the Fed to cut interest rates.

    “When President Nixon strong-armed the Fed to keep rates low and help his re-election efforts, inflation skyrocketed in part because the Fed was slow to react to raising prices.  Inflation eventually reached nearly 15% and the Fed was forced to push the U.S. into a deep recession in order to lower prices.  One of the main lessons of this was crisis was that our central bank must be independent of politics – that is part of what keeps our economy strong, stable, and attractive to investors.  It would be catastrophic if Powell gave in to Trump’s threats or if Trump tries to fire Powell, whose job is to tune out politics and keep the U.S. economy on the right course.  That would risk a return to sky-high inflation and do severe, permanent harm to the financial well-being of all Americans.”

    “Instead of pressuring Powell, President Trump should stop pursing an irresponsible tariff agenda that is pushing up prices for hardworking Americans.  Trump’s threats have already roiled financial markets.  If he goes further, the harmful effects will spread to families and businesses.

    Under current law, the President is not allowed to fire the Fed Chair for political reasons.  The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 establishing the Fed stipulates that members of its Board of Governors, appointed by the president and confirmed by the U.S. Senate to staggered 14-year terms, can only be removed for “cause” – which experts widely agree only means misconduct, not policy disputes or for political favor.

    In 2017, Trump nominated Powell to a four year term as Fed chair.  He was later reappointed by former President Biden.  Powell, who also served as Under Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury under President George H.W. Bush, has explicitly said he would not step down as Fed chair if Trump asked him.

    Powell’s tenure as Fed Chair runs through May 2026, which means President Trump could replace him then.  The U.S. Senate must vote to confirm the Chairman of the Federal Reserve. 

    MIL OSI USA News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Banking: Press Briefing Transcript: Middle East and Central Asia Department, Spring Meetings 2025

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    April 24, 2025

    Speaker: Mr.Jihad Azour, Director of Middle East and Central Asia Department, IMF

    Moderator: Ms. Angham Al Shami, Communications Officer, IMF

    MS. AL SHAMI: Good morning. Thank you for joining us in this press briefing on the Regional Economic Outlook for the Middle East and Central Asia. My name is Angham Al Shami, from the Communications Department here at the IMF. 

    If you’re joining us online, we do have Arabic and French interpretations that you can access on the IMF Regional Economic Outlook webpage and the IMF Press Center as well.  And for those of you in the room, you also have equipment to access that. 

    Today I’m joined by Jihad Azour, the Director of the Middle East and Central Asia Department, who will give us an overview of the outlook of the region, and then we will open the floor for your questions. With that, over to you, Jihad.

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much, Angham. Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the IMF 2025 Spring Meetings. Before answering your questions, I will briefly outline the economic outlook for the Middle East and North Africa as well as the Caucasus and Central Asia.  Let me first start with a few words on the recent developments.

    The global economy stands at a delicate crossroads.  The global recovery of recent years faces new risks as governments reorder their policy priorities.  The recent escalation in trade tensions has already damaged global growth prospects while triggering intense financial volatility.  More broadly, the extraordinary increase in global uncertainty associated with trade policy and increased geopolitical fragmentation will continue to erode confidence for quite some time and represents a serious downside risk to global growth.

    For MENA and CCA economies, these developments are adding to existing regional source of uncertainty, including ongoing conflicts, pockets of political instability and climate vulnerability.  We continue to assess the impact of recently announced U.S. tariffs on MENA and CCA economies.  While the direct effects are expected to be modest, giving limited trade exposure and exemptions for energy products, the indirect effects could be more pronounced.  Slower growth will weaken external demand and remittances, while tighter financial conditions may challenge countries with elevated public debts.  Oil exporting economies could also see fiscal and external positions deteriorate due to the lower oil prices.  Some countries may benefit from trade diversion, but such gains could be short lived in a broader environment of trade contraction. 

    Let me now turn to the Middle East and North Africa.  Last year was particularly challenging for the region.  Conflict caused severe human and economic costs.  Regional growth in 2024 reached 1.8 percent, a downgrade revision of 0.2 percentage point from the October World Economic Outlook forecast.  Conflicts weigh on growth in some oil importing countries and extended OPEC+ voluntary production cuts continue to dampen activity in oil exporting economies.  For GCC countries, strong non-oil growth and diversification efforts were largely offset by oil production cuts. 

    Despite these challenges and high uncertainty, growth is projected to pick up in 2025 and 2026, assuming oil output rebounds, conflict related impacts stabilize, progress is made on structural reform and implementation.  However, expectations have been revised down compared to the October 2024 Regional Economic Outlook, reflecting weaker global growth and more modest effect of these drivers.  We now project growth at 2.6 percent in 2025 and 3.4 percent in 2026, a downward revision of 1.3 and 1 percentage points, respectively.  Inflation is projected to continue declining across MENA economies, remaining elevated only in few cases. 

    Let me now turn to the outlook for the Caucuses and Central Asia.  In contrast, economic activity in the CCA exceeded expectations in 2024, growing by 5.4 percent, driven by spillover effects from the war in Ukraine, which boosted domestic demand.  However, as these temporary effects normalize over the next few years, growth is expected to moderate due to weaker external demand, plateauing growth of hydrocarbon production, and reduced fiscal stimulus.  Despite the moderation in overall growth, inflation is expected to increase somewhat across the region and remain elevated in a few cases, reflecting still strong domestic demand. 

    Let me now turn to the risks to the outlook.  These projections are subject to extraordinary uncertainty and the risks to the baseline forecast remain tilted to the downside.  Four key risks stand out.  First, trade tension as a further escalation could dampen global demand, delay in oil production recovery, and tighten financial conditions.  Our analysis shows that persistence spikes in uncertainty triggered by global shocks are associated with large output losses both in MENA and CCA.  The second risk is geopolitical conflict.  The third one is climate shocks.  And the last one is the reduction in official development assistance.  This could further exacerbate food insecurity and humanitarian conditions in low-income and conflict-affected economies.  However, upside risks also exist.  The swift resolution of conflict and accelerated implementation of structural reforms could substantially improve regional growth prospects.  The implications of a potential peace agreement between Russia and Ukraine for the CCA region also remain uncertain. 

    Now the question is what are the policies that we recommend for countries and how they should prioritize them.  In the face of extraordinary uncertainty, MENA and CCA economies should respond along two key dimensions, manage short term instability, and use the opportunity to advance structural reforms for long-term growth.  The first priority is adapt to the new environment.  Countries must take steps to shield their economies from the impact of worst-case scenarios and prioritize safeguarding macroeconomic and financial stability.  The appropriate policy response will vary depending on each country’s initial conditions and vulnerability to risk. 

    Turning to more the long-term, countries should transform their economies.  Recent developments underscore the urgent need to accelerate the long-discussed structural reforms agenda across the region.  To reduce vulnerabilities to shocks and seize opportunities arising from the evolving global trade and financial landscape, it is essential to enhance governance, invest in human capital, advance digitalization, and foster a dynamic private sector.  Establishing strategic trade and investment corridors with other regions such as Sub-Saharan Africa and Asia, as well as within the region, including between GCC and Central Asia or GCC and North Africa, can help mitigate exposure to external uncertainty, enable greater risk sharing, and drive sustainable economic development. 

    We will delve into these policy priorities at the launch of our Regional Economic Outlook in Dubai next week and in Samarkand, in Uzbekistan, where on May 3 we are organizing jointly with the Uzbek government a GCC-CCA Economic Conference where Ministers of Finance and Governors of Central Banks from both regions, as well as representatives of IFIs and private sectors, will discuss deepening economic ties between these two regions.  We also invite you to join us tomorrow at 2:30 p.m. at the Atrium for a public panel discussion on the economic consequences of the high uncertainty in the MENA and CCA regions. 

    Before I open the floor to questions, I want to underscore the IMF’s deep commitment to supporting countries throughout the region with policy advice, technical assistance, and, in many cases, financial support.  Since early 2020, we have approved almost $50 billion in financing to countries across the MENA region, Pakistan, and the CCA, of which 14.8 have been approved since early 2024. 

    In closing, I want to highlight our engagement to post-conflict economies.  Strengthening economic fundamentals and rebuilding institutions will be essential to successful recovery.  The IMF, in coordination with the World Bank and regional partners, has established an informal coordination group to support recovery in conflict-affected states in the Middle East.  Our focus will be on capacity building, policy guidance, and financial assistance.  We are also working closely with authorities to help stabilize their economies, restore confidence, and lay foundations for sustainable growth. 

    Again, thank you very much for joining us this morning, and now I would like to welcome your questions.               

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you very much, Jihad, and now we will take your questions. And let’s start with the gentleman here in the first row, please.

    QUESTIONER: Thank you, Angham and Jihad.  I’m Amir Goumaa from Asharq Bloomberg.  IMF raised the gross forecasting for Egypt dispIte the regional downgrade.  Why is that?  And how can the MENA region turn the country trade disputes into opportunities? 

    MR. AZOUR: Excuse me?

    QUESTIONER: How can the MENA region turn the current trade disputes and tariffs into opportunities?  Like how can they make the best use of it? 

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much for your question.

    MS. AL SHAMI: Should we take more questions on Egypt? Perhaps should we take more questions on Egypt. We’ll start with this gentleman and then the gentleman in the back.  This one first. 

    QUESTIONER: Hello everyone.  My name is Ahmad Yaqub.  I’m the managing editor of Al Youm Al-Sabah Egyptian Newspaper.  I have two questions about Egypt.  The first one is about the expected exchange rate of the Egyptian pound against the U.S. dollar by the end of 2026, the next year, and the expected inflation rate and the economic growth rate of Egypt.  The second question is the next trench of the program, current program with the Egyptian authorities.  What is the timing of the next trench and the total amount of it?  Thank you so much. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: And then the gentleman here.

    QUESTIONER: Ramy Gabr from Al-Qahera News.  The global economic outlook carries good news.  Maybe for Egypt in terms of the economic growth in 2025.  How do you see that and what’s the facts and numbers led to this outlook?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Over to you.

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much. Yes, please.

    QUESTIONER: I’m Lauren Holtmeier from S&P Global.  I wanted to ask about the fiscal break-even prices for oil production, specifically for the countries with high fiscal break-even prices like Saudi Arabia and Iraq.  And how will the lowered expectations for oil prices over the next couple of years affect their ability and their economic outlook?  And I recognize that the answer for those two countries might be very different. 

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much. I had three sets of questions. One on trade and the impact of the recent trade developments on the region and how those could be turned into an opportunity.  The second set of questions were on Egypt, and the third one was on the GCC and the oil market.  Let me start with the first one. 

    Countries of the region have limited trade dependence on the U.S., and therefore the recent trade and tariff decisions will have limited direct impact on those economies.  Yet it’s important also to highlight that there would be indirect impact.  And also those indirect impact may take different channels.  One impact is the impact that this could have on financial stability and capital flows.  We saw widening of spreads over the last few years, which is an issue that could affect the capacity of emerging economies and middle-income countries who have high levels of debt.  The second potential impact is impact on oil market.  We saw some softening in the oil price, as well as the forwards of oil price are showing a certain extension of those softening over the year.  And the third type of effect is the second-round impact due to trade diversion. 

    I will maybe go into more details about what are the policies that we recommend for countries to address those challenges.  Few countries have more exposure to the U.S. trade like Pakistan or Jordan, and those are specific cases.  I can address those.  Opportunities, of course, in any change there are opportunities, and over the last few years we saw successive shocks and transformation on the geopolitical front and the geoeconomic front, and those have affected the region.  The region stands at the crossroads between East and West, and therefore trade routes, connectivity, as well as also opportunities go through this region.  This would require, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, for countries in the region to seek new opportunities in terms of strengthening their economic relationships and trade ties with regions close to them, as well as also within countries in the region, which will call for new way of increasing connectivity and cooperation in the region. 

    The second set of questions is on Egypt.  Over the last year, growth in Egypt has improved, and we expect growth for the fiscal year 2025 to reach 3.8 percent.  For comparison, in 2024 it was 2.4 percent, and we expect that the growth will keep improving in 2026 and reach 4.3 percent.  Also, inflation went down from 33 percent on average for fiscal year 2024 to 19.7 percent in 2025, and we expect it to reach 12 percent in 2026, despite the various shocks.  Those positive developments reflect the implementation of the reform program that was supported by the IMF and was augmented back in March last year in order also to help Egypt address some of the external shocks, in particular the decline in revenues from the Suez Canal. 

    As you remember, the program is based on four pillars.  One, macroeconomic stability by addressing inflation that constitutes the main issue for economic stability through tightening the monetary policy.  The second is to address the debt issue by improving the primary surplus and also through an active debt management strategy and strengthening debt management organization to reduce gradually the debt and the weight of the debt through the debt service on the economy.  The third important pillar is to preserve the economy from external shocks, and this is the role of the flexibility in the exchange rate.  Flexibility in the exchange rate in a time of high level of uncertainty plays an important way to protect the Egyptian economy from external shocks, and its flexibility has proven to be beneficial to the stability of the Egyptian economy.  The fourth pillar is growing the economy and give a bigger weight to the private sector, and we encourage the authorities to strengthen and accelerate the reinvestment strategy that would allow more investment to come to the Egyptian economy, would give more space to the private sector, and will help the Egyptian economy and the Egyptian people get better opportunities in a time where those international changes would require an acceleration of economic transformation.  The review has been completed in March, and as you know, we had also another facility that was provided to Egypt to help Egypt deal with climate issues, and our engagement with the authorities remain very active.  Shall I move to GCC? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Yes.

    MR. AZOUR: The next trench will be with the next review. On the GCC, well, of course the direct impact of the trade shock on the region has been limited except that with the prospect of the decline in oil price, it comes at a time where we see a resumption of increase of oil production with the implementation of what has been agreed, though at a slower pace, of the December decision of the OPEC+ agreement.

    As you know, countries of the GCC have different fundamentals and different level of buffers, and therefore there is no one break-even point for all countries.  Our estimates are showing, though, that a decline in oil price of $10 would weaken the fiscal situation by somewhat between 2.3 to 2.7 percent of GDP, and it also, it has similar impact on the external account between 2.5 to 2.7 percent of GDP. 

    I would like to highlight two additional points that some countries have used the opportunity of their diversification strategy to both reduce their dependence on oil as a source of income, but also to diversify fiscally and reduce the impact of oil revenues, which we encourage other countries to follow suit. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Jihad. So we’ll take another round of questions from the room, and then we will turn to online. The lady in the first row, please. 

    QUESTIONER: Dr. Jihad, thank you for taking my question.  Nour Amache from Asharq Bloomberg.  I wanted to ask about Lebanon and Syria and to follow up on what my colleagues here asked about Egypt.  They were asking about the next review, if it’s in June, and the next tranche in June, if we can elaborate on that.  Now, regarding Lebanon, today the parliament passed the law of lifting bank secrecy.  Will this make or will this make the program with the IMF faster?  Will this increase the prospects of a program with Lebanon anytime soon, especially since I know the Lebanese authorities represented by the Finance Minister, the Economy Minister, and the Central Bank Governor are all here in Washington, and a lot of meetings have been undergoing?  That’s regarding Lebanon.  And regarding Syria, also a big Syrian delegation is here.  What has been reached so far with the Syrian counterparts?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. One more question. Maybe we’ll go to the gentleman in the front here. 

    QUESTIONER: Thank you.  Mohammad Al-Lubani from Jordan Al-Mamlaka TV.  I’d like to ask in Arabic.  In light of our dependence on American exports, [ESQUAH] said that 25 percent of the exports go to the United States.  How would the tariffs affect Jordan, and are there any estimates of these losses by the Fund?  And what are the recommendations of the Fund in order to face these challenges? 

    MR. AZOUR: The discussions are, you know, continuing, and the engagement with the authorities is taking place during the Spring Meetings. As I mentioned earlier, we look forward to the next review to see an acceleration of the divestment strategy that is one of the key priorities because of its critical impact on sustaining growth in Egypt, providing opportunities to the private sector, and also helping in the effort that Egypt is pursuing in reducing the debt. In the context of high interest rate, it’s very important to address debt service issue, and this would be accelerated by reducing the debt.  Therefore, we look forward to see progress on the authorities’ plan in terms of divestment.

    On Lebanon, the Fund has been supportive of Lebanon, and a staff-level agreement has been reached in 2022.  Lebanon staff, Lebanon team, is and remained actively engaged with the authorities, providing technical assistance.  And recently, we had two staff visits to Lebanon and the authorities have engaged with our team in order to reactivate a potential program.  They have expressed their interest for that.  The Lebanese economic and financial situation has been made

    more challenging with the recent implications of the war and the massive destruction that in addition to the need to address the financial and economic situation, Lebanon is also facing the need to deal with the reconstruction. 

    The pillars of the program will remain valid as they were negotiated.  Macroeconomic stability, based on addressing the legacy of the financial sector.  The legacy of debt, address the debt issue.  Second pillar is to deal with the macroeconomic stability through fiscal consolidation.  Third pillar is to strengthen governance by reforming SOEs and also increasing and improving the confidence factor.  And third is to address social issues, especially now with issues related to the reconstructions.  Discussions are taking place and staff is on active dialogue with the Lebanese authorities. 

    We are in discussion and therefore I think the discussions that we are having during the Spring Meetings are giving the opportunity for us to understand what are the reform priorities of the Lebanese government.  As you know, staff had a couple of visits in the last few weeks, and we will keep our active engagement with the Lebanese authorities.

    On Syria.  Of course, Syria has been absent for the last 15 years due to the war, and their engagement with the institution has been fairly limited since 2011.  The last Article IV consultation with Syria took place in 2009.  The international community and the regional community has been actively engaged in order to see how we could help Syria recover from a long period of war. 

    We had a preparatory meeting preparatory meeting in AlUla back in February where regional institutions and the international community have agreed to have another follow-up coordination meeting that took place last Tuesday where representatives from international institutions, bilaterals, have convened in order to assess the needs of Syria and also to develop a framework of coordination.  The Fund is engaged to support the international community in its engagement with Syria.  We have already started our assessment of the macroeconomic situation, the institutional capacity, and we look forward to continue our engagement with the Syrian authorities. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Then you have one more question on Jordan.

    MR. AZOUR: Yes, Jordan. In Arabic?  Okay.  Jordan is one of the countries that have been affected by the tariffs, but this is still limited because of the kind of exports or the relationship between Jordan and the United States.  And Jordan managed to overcome, in the recent years, to overcome several shocks, including shocks related to the variability and volatility and the effect of the Gaza issues on the economy of Jordan.  And the latest reviews emphasized the need for Jordan to keep stability and also, despite the external shocks, to take the needed measures in order to improve the macroeconomic situation and to reinforce the economy.  And there has been discussions about supporting Jordan through a new mechanism, the Resilience and Sustainability Facility, in order to help Jordan in the measures that would help it improve adaptation with the climate change and other shocks and other pandemics.  There is actually progress in this regard.  And there will be a review next month by the Executive Board of the Fund about Jordan. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: We’ll turn to Dania, who’s on Webex online. Dania, please go ahead. 

    QUESTIONER: Hello, can you hear me? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Yes, you can hear you.

    QUESTIONER: Hi.  Hello Dr. Jihad, I just have a follow-up question on the break-even oil prices for the Gulf.  In the October report, countries like Saudi Arabia had a very high break-even price of around 90.  I think it was the second biggest highest in the GCC after Bahrain.  I just wanted to see, this figure is likely to increase given the high expenditures, the lower oil prices.  How will the lower oil prices — you mentioned about the impact on GDP, but the prices, I think, since the beginning of the year have dropped by more than $10.00.  So, the impact has it been considered in the Regional Economic Report?  And especially because I don’t know the report, did it include the impact of the tariffs and the impact of the increase in OPEC production from May, which is accelerated?  And just one clarification, with regards to Saudi break-even, some analysts include the expenditure of the Public Investment Fund.  Is that part of the IMF estimates for the break-even?  What’s included in the break-even?  Thank you very much. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. Any additional questions on GCC? Okay, let’s take the gentleman in the middle. 

    QUESTIONER: Hello Mr. Azour, Madame Al Shami, thank you for the opportunity.  Philippe Hage Boutros from L’Orient-Le Jour, Lebanon.  How does the IMF assess the potential impact of declining oil revenues stemming from a possible drop in prices amid the tariff crisis on the capacity and willingness of the Gulf countries to fund international aid, particularly for countries like Lebanon and Syria that urgently need reconstruction financing?  Does it anticipate a significant or relatively limited effect?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. And we had one more question on Saudi that we received online. In light of the global trade repercussions, what is the effect on the Saudi market, especially on inflation and growth?  This question comes from Mohammed Al Sulami from Al Akhbariyah in Saudi Arabia. 

    MR. AZOUR: Let me start with Dania’s question. Dania, let me start by saying that over the last few years from a fiscal perspective, Saudi has made a significant improvement through various reforms in order to diversify revenues outside oil and also reduce certain expenditures, including on the subsidy side. And this effort to diversify revenues has led to an increase of non-oil revenues in the GDP for Saudi.  Of course, the last couple of years have been beneficial in terms of providing Saudi and other GCC countries with surplus in the fiscal as well as also in the current account, which have led to increase in buffers.  Of course, still the oil sector represent an important source of revenue and it’s still also an important source of foreign currencies. 

    Coming to the fiscal strategy, Saudi has established a medium-term fiscal framework that anchors policies and also help them deal with the volatility in oil price and become less pro cyclicals.  Of course, the increase in oil price, sorry, the decline in oil price will have impact on the fiscal and will lead to a potential additional drop in fiscal situation. 

    As I mentioned earlier, a decline of $10.00 per barrel or a decline of $1 million of production will have an impact on the fiscal between 2 to 3 percent.  The decline in oil price is accompanied with a recovery in oil production and Saudi was one of the largest, I would say, contributor to the voluntary drop in oil export. 

    When it comes to the link between fiscal and the investment strategy, the investment strategy has been also put in the medium-term framework in the context of the Vision 2030 and regularly there are updates, recalibration and also phasing, based on the capacity to implement and the priorities.

    In our projections, although developments were taking place almost at the time when we were releasing our outlook, we took into consideration the new assumptions on the oil price for this year as well as also on the growth projections. 

    The second question related to Saudi.  The impact of the latest developments on the Saudi economy.  Undoubtedly, the trade relations regarding the non-oil sector is limited with the United States and therefore the impact will also be limited on trade related to tariffs, especially as oil and gas are exempt from the increase in tariffs.  But there will be an indirect impact, as we’ve said.  Saudi Arabia also has a dollarized economy, whether on the side of exports or imports, and therefore the impact will be limited. 

    On the other hand, the reduction or the depreciation of the dollar will affect services, especially tourism.  And this is a sector that Saudi Arabia is trying to develop by establishing new expansion for tourism in Saudi Arabia.

    The other related question on support to the reconstruction in the region.  Let me first say two things.  One, ODA has declined over the last few years, and more recently with the decisions to stop some of the international assistance by USAID and others.  This will have an important impact, especially on countries in fragility who depend heavily on aid.  Countries like Somalia, Sudan, countries like Yemen.  And this represents a risk not only on the fiscal side, but also on the humanitarian side on food security.  This is the first point. 

    The second point is the region is, we’re talking here about the Levant, is going through an important prospect of post-conflict recovery.  Lebanon, Syria, Palestine, and hopefully, Yemen, and Sudan.  This would require strong international and financial assistance.  Of course, this also would require to accelerate certain number of reforms that will allow the private sector to provide financing.  Those countries have strong diasporas, and the recovery could also be co-led by international assistance, also by private sector support.  And some of the reforms, be it in Lebanon or in Syria, are very important to regain confidence and will allow private sector to play its key role in recovering those economies. 

    The region has been very supportive.  And when we look at the official assistance and the interest that is being shown by several countries in the region, be it in the recent meeting that took place in Saudi Arabia, in Al Ula, where ministers of finance from the GCC and regional institutions convened in order to explore opportunities to provide more assistance to those countries. 

    Again, I think it’s very important also to highlight that assistance has to accompany reform programs that will lay the ground to strong institutions will provide confidence for both citizens and also international, private and public community, in order to accelerate the recovery. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Jihad. We’ll take one more round of questions.  The lady on the second row here, please. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hello, I’m Mariam Ali from Dawn News Pakistan.  My question is how will the global tariff war uniquely impact Pakistan?  Any need of buffers in place to mitigate risks to the country?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. Let’s take maybe one more question. The gentleman here sitting in the front. 

    QUESTIONER: Thank you, , Director Azour.  My question is on Yemen.  Igor Naimushin, RIA News Agency, D.C. Bureau.  So, last week U.S. struck Ras Isa fuel part in Yemen.  I would like to ask you to outline what repercussions this strike will have on energy security and economic situation in Yemen and broadly in region?  And if you could, provide any details how the IMF — what is the IMF view on longer-term risks for the region as U.S. operation on Yemen continues to unfold?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. We’ll take one more question from the gentleman here in the –.

    QUESTIONER: Hi, my name is Magnus Sherman.  I wanted to return to Lebanon.  The new Prime Minister has pledged to not touch the hard currency deposits.  Does the IMF support that position? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. And we have an online question from Camille Faris Abu Rafael. How can low- and middle-income countries in MENA balance urgent social needs with long-term fiscal sustainability amid rising debt and global uncertainty and persistently high interest rates?  We’ll take these questions, and we’ll take another round.  Thank you. 

    MR. AZOUR: On Pakistan. Pakistan made significant progress in restoring macroeconomic stability over the last 18 months and the numbers are, for Pakistan, are showing improvement both in terms of growth as well as also in inflation that dropped from 12.6 percent last year in 2024 fiscal year to 6.5 percent this year, expected to stay at this level for next year.  Debt is also stabilizing in the case of Pakistan, and recently Pakistan has been upgraded by rating agencies. 

    Of course, trade tensions will affect relatively Pakistan maybe more than the average in the region.  But I would say the impact on Pakistan directly can be offset by other measures that would allow the Pakistani economy to reposition itself in a world that is in the midst of one of the largest transformation in terms of trade, economic opportunities, and to reposition itself in order to address any risks, but also to potentially benefit from change in the trade routes. 

    The question on Yemen the situation on Yemen is extremely preoccupying at the humanitarian level, both in terms of food security as well as also in terms of human suffering.  And this situation has been inflicting heavy toll on the Yemeni people for a long period of time.  Of course, broadly speaking, instability has been one of the main issues that the region is dealing with.  Instability is one of the key sources of uncertainty for the region.  Addressing this instability is key in providing security for people to improve their living conditions, providing stability for the trade routes, and also provide opportunities for people to rebuild and reconstruct.  The Fund is engaged to (A) keep a very strong contacts with Yemen, provide technical assistance at a time where we cannot provide because of the security situation, financial assistance.  Therefore, we are actively supporting through technical assistance.  And we are also in regular engagement with the authorities. 

    Our next plan is to reengage through Article IV in order to assess the economic situation in Yemen, help the internationally recognized government assess the overall debt situation and the debt liabilities in order, later on, to help Yemen deal with the debt situation, and provide right assessment for the donor community to provide assistance. 

    Political stabilization security is very important to preserve human and social conditions, and the Fund stands ready to help Yemen as well as also other countries facing fragility and conflicts in the region.  And this is something that we are increasing our resources to provide support to those countries. 

    Lebanon.  Lebanon problems are complex in terms of how to address the overall financial challenge.  The solution has to deal through a comprehensive approach with all the financial issues that Lebanon is facing.  A piecemeal approach is not what Lebanon needs today.  A reform package that restores confidence, addresses the legacy of the past, provides opportunities for the economy to recover, by also promoting the capacity of the financial system to finance the recovery, mobilize international assistance to help Lebanon dealing with the reconstruction needs, and also support the reforms are priorities that our team is currently discussing with the Lebanese authorities. 

    The question related to balancing short-term and medium-term.  I think it’s a very important question.  We live currently in a world of high uncertainty and in our outlook this spring we have — and I would encourage you to read it,  it’s very interesting piece — we have tried to assess the impact of uncertainty on the region and the uncertainty is of multiple layers.  A global uncertainty, regional, geopolitical and conflict situation, but also internal or local uncertainties.  Those are important issues for countries to address. 

    In very brief, countries need to in the short term to preserve stability and that would require to increase their buffers.  And for those who have limited buffers to accelerate fiscal consolidations to reduce the risk, address some of their financing issues, especially countries who have high level of debt and for those who have buffers, preserve those and use them when they need.  But I think what is really important, especially given the lasting negative impact of uncertainties on countries, is to address the medium-term issues.  And addressing the medium-term issues will help unlock growth, accelerating structural reforms, improving economic conditions, provide stronger social protection framework by moving from untargeted subsidies to something that is more meaningful in terms of social support would be extremely beneficial for countries in the region. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you very much, Jihad and I’m afraid we have run out of time. Thank you all for participating with us today and as always, we will be posting the transcript online.  But just a reminder that we will be launching our report next week on May 1 so stay tuned for that.  And as Jihad mentioned, please join us tomorrow at 2:30 for the seminar on how countries can navigate uncertainties.  Jihad, any last words? 

    MR. AZOUR: Only to say thank you. And thanks to our friends here, the journalists. We look forward to provide you with more details in Dubai next week with all the details, as well as also country-specific information on our Regional Economic Outlook.  And two days after that, in Samarkand, in Uzbekistan, on the outlook for Caucasus and Central Asia.  Thank you very much. 

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Angham Al Shami

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    MIL OSI Global Banks –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Russia: Press Briefing Transcript: Middle East and Central Asia Department, Spring Meetings 2025

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    April 24, 2025

    Speaker: Mr.Jihad Azour, Director of Middle East and Central Asia Department, IMF

    Moderator: Ms. Angham Al Shami, Communications Officer, IMF

    MS. AL SHAMI: Good morning. Thank you for joining us in this press briefing on the Regional Economic Outlook for the Middle East and Central Asia. My name is Angham Al Shami, from the Communications Department here at the IMF. 

    If you’re joining us online, we do have Arabic and French interpretations that you can access on the IMF Regional Economic Outlook webpage and the IMF Press Center as well.  And for those of you in the room, you also have equipment to access that. 

    Today I’m joined by Jihad Azour, the Director of the Middle East and Central Asia Department, who will give us an overview of the outlook of the region, and then we will open the floor for your questions. With that, over to you, Jihad.

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much, Angham. Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the IMF 2025 Spring Meetings. Before answering your questions, I will briefly outline the economic outlook for the Middle East and North Africa as well as the Caucasus and Central Asia.  Let me first start with a few words on the recent developments.

    The global economy stands at a delicate crossroads.  The global recovery of recent years faces new risks as governments reorder their policy priorities.  The recent escalation in trade tensions has already damaged global growth prospects while triggering intense financial volatility.  More broadly, the extraordinary increase in global uncertainty associated with trade policy and increased geopolitical fragmentation will continue to erode confidence for quite some time and represents a serious downside risk to global growth.

    For MENA and CCA economies, these developments are adding to existing regional source of uncertainty, including ongoing conflicts, pockets of political instability and climate vulnerability.  We continue to assess the impact of recently announced U.S. tariffs on MENA and CCA economies.  While the direct effects are expected to be modest, giving limited trade exposure and exemptions for energy products, the indirect effects could be more pronounced.  Slower growth will weaken external demand and remittances, while tighter financial conditions may challenge countries with elevated public debts.  Oil exporting economies could also see fiscal and external positions deteriorate due to the lower oil prices.  Some countries may benefit from trade diversion, but such gains could be short lived in a broader environment of trade contraction. 

    Let me now turn to the Middle East and North Africa.  Last year was particularly challenging for the region.  Conflict caused severe human and economic costs.  Regional growth in 2024 reached 1.8 percent, a downgrade revision of 0.2 percentage point from the October World Economic Outlook forecast.  Conflicts weigh on growth in some oil importing countries and extended OPEC+ voluntary production cuts continue to dampen activity in oil exporting economies.  For GCC countries, strong non-oil growth and diversification efforts were largely offset by oil production cuts. 

    Despite these challenges and high uncertainty, growth is projected to pick up in 2025 and 2026, assuming oil output rebounds, conflict related impacts stabilize, progress is made on structural reform and implementation.  However, expectations have been revised down compared to the October 2024 Regional Economic Outlook, reflecting weaker global growth and more modest effect of these drivers.  We now project growth at 2.6 percent in 2025 and 3.4 percent in 2026, a downward revision of 1.3 and 1 percentage points, respectively.  Inflation is projected to continue declining across MENA economies, remaining elevated only in few cases. 

    Let me now turn to the outlook for the Caucuses and Central Asia.  In contrast, economic activity in the CCA exceeded expectations in 2024, growing by 5.4 percent, driven by spillover effects from the war in Ukraine, which boosted domestic demand.  However, as these temporary effects normalize over the next few years, growth is expected to moderate due to weaker external demand, plateauing growth of hydrocarbon production, and reduced fiscal stimulus.  Despite the moderation in overall growth, inflation is expected to increase somewhat across the region and remain elevated in a few cases, reflecting still strong domestic demand. 

    Let me now turn to the risks to the outlook.  These projections are subject to extraordinary uncertainty and the risks to the baseline forecast remain tilted to the downside.  Four key risks stand out.  First, trade tension as a further escalation could dampen global demand, delay in oil production recovery, and tighten financial conditions.  Our analysis shows that persistence spikes in uncertainty triggered by global shocks are associated with large output losses both in MENA and CCA.  The second risk is geopolitical conflict.  The third one is climate shocks.  And the last one is the reduction in official development assistance.  This could further exacerbate food insecurity and humanitarian conditions in low-income and conflict-affected economies.  However, upside risks also exist.  The swift resolution of conflict and accelerated implementation of structural reforms could substantially improve regional growth prospects.  The implications of a potential peace agreement between Russia and Ukraine for the CCA region also remain uncertain. 

    Now the question is what are the policies that we recommend for countries and how they should prioritize them.  In the face of extraordinary uncertainty, MENA and CCA economies should respond along two key dimensions, manage short term instability, and use the opportunity to advance structural reforms for long-term growth.  The first priority is adapt to the new environment.  Countries must take steps to shield their economies from the impact of worst-case scenarios and prioritize safeguarding macroeconomic and financial stability.  The appropriate policy response will vary depending on each country’s initial conditions and vulnerability to risk. 

    Turning to more the long-term, countries should transform their economies.  Recent developments underscore the urgent need to accelerate the long-discussed structural reforms agenda across the region.  To reduce vulnerabilities to shocks and seize opportunities arising from the evolving global trade and financial landscape, it is essential to enhance governance, invest in human capital, advance digitalization, and foster a dynamic private sector.  Establishing strategic trade and investment corridors with other regions such as Sub-Saharan Africa and Asia, as well as within the region, including between GCC and Central Asia or GCC and North Africa, can help mitigate exposure to external uncertainty, enable greater risk sharing, and drive sustainable economic development. 

    We will delve into these policy priorities at the launch of our Regional Economic Outlook in Dubai next week and in Samarkand, in Uzbekistan, where on May 3 we are organizing jointly with the Uzbek government a GCC-CCA Economic Conference where Ministers of Finance and Governors of Central Banks from both regions, as well as representatives of IFIs and private sectors, will discuss deepening economic ties between these two regions.  We also invite you to join us tomorrow at 2:30 p.m. at the Atrium for a public panel discussion on the economic consequences of the high uncertainty in the MENA and CCA regions. 

    Before I open the floor to questions, I want to underscore the IMF’s deep commitment to supporting countries throughout the region with policy advice, technical assistance, and, in many cases, financial support.  Since early 2020, we have approved almost $50 billion in financing to countries across the MENA region, Pakistan, and the CCA, of which 14.8 have been approved since early 2024. 

    In closing, I want to highlight our engagement to post-conflict economies.  Strengthening economic fundamentals and rebuilding institutions will be essential to successful recovery.  The IMF, in coordination with the World Bank and regional partners, has established an informal coordination group to support recovery in conflict-affected states in the Middle East.  Our focus will be on capacity building, policy guidance, and financial assistance.  We are also working closely with authorities to help stabilize their economies, restore confidence, and lay foundations for sustainable growth. 

    Again, thank you very much for joining us this morning, and now I would like to welcome your questions.               

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you very much, Jihad, and now we will take your questions. And let’s start with the gentleman here in the first row, please.

    QUESTIONER: Thank you, Angham and Jihad.  I’m Amir Goumaa from Asharq Bloomberg.  IMF raised the gross forecasting for Egypt dispIte the regional downgrade.  Why is that?  And how can the MENA region turn the country trade disputes into opportunities? 

    MR. AZOUR: Excuse me?

    QUESTIONER: How can the MENA region turn the current trade disputes and tariffs into opportunities?  Like how can they make the best use of it? 

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much for your question.

    MS. AL SHAMI: Should we take more questions on Egypt? Perhaps should we take more questions on Egypt. We’ll start with this gentleman and then the gentleman in the back.  This one first. 

    QUESTIONER: Hello everyone.  My name is Ahmad Yaqub.  I’m the managing editor of Al Youm Al-Sabah Egyptian Newspaper.  I have two questions about Egypt.  The first one is about the expected exchange rate of the Egyptian pound against the U.S. dollar by the end of 2026, the next year, and the expected inflation rate and the economic growth rate of Egypt.  The second question is the next trench of the program, current program with the Egyptian authorities.  What is the timing of the next trench and the total amount of it?  Thank you so much. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: And then the gentleman here.

    QUESTIONER: Ramy Gabr from Al-Qahera News.  The global economic outlook carries good news.  Maybe for Egypt in terms of the economic growth in 2025.  How do you see that and what’s the facts and numbers led to this outlook?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Over to you.

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much. Yes, please.

    QUESTIONER: I’m Lauren Holtmeier from S&P Global.  I wanted to ask about the fiscal break-even prices for oil production, specifically for the countries with high fiscal break-even prices like Saudi Arabia and Iraq.  And how will the lowered expectations for oil prices over the next couple of years affect their ability and their economic outlook?  And I recognize that the answer for those two countries might be very different. 

    MR. AZOUR: Thank you very much. I had three sets of questions. One on trade and the impact of the recent trade developments on the region and how those could be turned into an opportunity.  The second set of questions were on Egypt, and the third one was on the GCC and the oil market.  Let me start with the first one. 

    Countries of the region have limited trade dependence on the U.S., and therefore the recent trade and tariff decisions will have limited direct impact on those economies.  Yet it’s important also to highlight that there would be indirect impact.  And also those indirect impact may take different channels.  One impact is the impact that this could have on financial stability and capital flows.  We saw widening of spreads over the last few years, which is an issue that could affect the capacity of emerging economies and middle-income countries who have high levels of debt.  The second potential impact is impact on oil market.  We saw some softening in the oil price, as well as the forwards of oil price are showing a certain extension of those softening over the year.  And the third type of effect is the second-round impact due to trade diversion. 

    I will maybe go into more details about what are the policies that we recommend for countries to address those challenges.  Few countries have more exposure to the U.S. trade like Pakistan or Jordan, and those are specific cases.  I can address those.  Opportunities, of course, in any change there are opportunities, and over the last few years we saw successive shocks and transformation on the geopolitical front and the geoeconomic front, and those have affected the region.  The region stands at the crossroads between East and West, and therefore trade routes, connectivity, as well as also opportunities go through this region.  This would require, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, for countries in the region to seek new opportunities in terms of strengthening their economic relationships and trade ties with regions close to them, as well as also within countries in the region, which will call for new way of increasing connectivity and cooperation in the region. 

    The second set of questions is on Egypt.  Over the last year, growth in Egypt has improved, and we expect growth for the fiscal year 2025 to reach 3.8 percent.  For comparison, in 2024 it was 2.4 percent, and we expect that the growth will keep improving in 2026 and reach 4.3 percent.  Also, inflation went down from 33 percent on average for fiscal year 2024 to 19.7 percent in 2025, and we expect it to reach 12 percent in 2026, despite the various shocks.  Those positive developments reflect the implementation of the reform program that was supported by the IMF and was augmented back in March last year in order also to help Egypt address some of the external shocks, in particular the decline in revenues from the Suez Canal. 

    As you remember, the program is based on four pillars.  One, macroeconomic stability by addressing inflation that constitutes the main issue for economic stability through tightening the monetary policy.  The second is to address the debt issue by improving the primary surplus and also through an active debt management strategy and strengthening debt management organization to reduce gradually the debt and the weight of the debt through the debt service on the economy.  The third important pillar is to preserve the economy from external shocks, and this is the role of the flexibility in the exchange rate.  Flexibility in the exchange rate in a time of high level of uncertainty plays an important way to protect the Egyptian economy from external shocks, and its flexibility has proven to be beneficial to the stability of the Egyptian economy.  The fourth pillar is growing the economy and give a bigger weight to the private sector, and we encourage the authorities to strengthen and accelerate the reinvestment strategy that would allow more investment to come to the Egyptian economy, would give more space to the private sector, and will help the Egyptian economy and the Egyptian people get better opportunities in a time where those international changes would require an acceleration of economic transformation.  The review has been completed in March, and as you know, we had also another facility that was provided to Egypt to help Egypt deal with climate issues, and our engagement with the authorities remain very active.  Shall I move to GCC? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Yes.

    MR. AZOUR: The next trench will be with the next review. On the GCC, well, of course the direct impact of the trade shock on the region has been limited except that with the prospect of the decline in oil price, it comes at a time where we see a resumption of increase of oil production with the implementation of what has been agreed, though at a slower pace, of the December decision of the OPEC+ agreement.

    As you know, countries of the GCC have different fundamentals and different level of buffers, and therefore there is no one break-even point for all countries.  Our estimates are showing, though, that a decline in oil price of $10 would weaken the fiscal situation by somewhat between 2.3 to 2.7 percent of GDP, and it also, it has similar impact on the external account between 2.5 to 2.7 percent of GDP. 

    I would like to highlight two additional points that some countries have used the opportunity of their diversification strategy to both reduce their dependence on oil as a source of income, but also to diversify fiscally and reduce the impact of oil revenues, which we encourage other countries to follow suit. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Jihad. So we’ll take another round of questions from the room, and then we will turn to online. The lady in the first row, please. 

    QUESTIONER: Dr. Jihad, thank you for taking my question.  Nour Amache from Asharq Bloomberg.  I wanted to ask about Lebanon and Syria and to follow up on what my colleagues here asked about Egypt.  They were asking about the next review, if it’s in June, and the next tranche in June, if we can elaborate on that.  Now, regarding Lebanon, today the parliament passed the law of lifting bank secrecy.  Will this make or will this make the program with the IMF faster?  Will this increase the prospects of a program with Lebanon anytime soon, especially since I know the Lebanese authorities represented by the Finance Minister, the Economy Minister, and the Central Bank Governor are all here in Washington, and a lot of meetings have been undergoing?  That’s regarding Lebanon.  And regarding Syria, also a big Syrian delegation is here.  What has been reached so far with the Syrian counterparts?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. One more question. Maybe we’ll go to the gentleman in the front here. 

    QUESTIONER: Thank you.  Mohammad Al-Lubani from Jordan Al-Mamlaka TV.  I’d like to ask in Arabic.  In light of our dependence on American exports, [ESQUAH] said that 25 percent of the exports go to the United States.  How would the tariffs affect Jordan, and are there any estimates of these losses by the Fund?  And what are the recommendations of the Fund in order to face these challenges? 

    MR. AZOUR: The discussions are, you know, continuing, and the engagement with the authorities is taking place during the Spring Meetings. As I mentioned earlier, we look forward to the next review to see an acceleration of the divestment strategy that is one of the key priorities because of its critical impact on sustaining growth in Egypt, providing opportunities to the private sector, and also helping in the effort that Egypt is pursuing in reducing the debt. In the context of high interest rate, it’s very important to address debt service issue, and this would be accelerated by reducing the debt.  Therefore, we look forward to see progress on the authorities’ plan in terms of divestment.

    On Lebanon, the Fund has been supportive of Lebanon, and a staff-level agreement has been reached in 2022.  Lebanon staff, Lebanon team, is and remained actively engaged with the authorities, providing technical assistance.  And recently, we had two staff visits to Lebanon and the authorities have engaged with our team in order to reactivate a potential program.  They have expressed their interest for that.  The Lebanese economic and financial situation has been made

    more challenging with the recent implications of the war and the massive destruction that in addition to the need to address the financial and economic situation, Lebanon is also facing the need to deal with the reconstruction. 

    The pillars of the program will remain valid as they were negotiated.  Macroeconomic stability, based on addressing the legacy of the financial sector.  The legacy of debt, address the debt issue.  Second pillar is to deal with the macroeconomic stability through fiscal consolidation.  Third pillar is to strengthen governance by reforming SOEs and also increasing and improving the confidence factor.  And third is to address social issues, especially now with issues related to the reconstructions.  Discussions are taking place and staff is on active dialogue with the Lebanese authorities. 

    We are in discussion and therefore I think the discussions that we are having during the Spring Meetings are giving the opportunity for us to understand what are the reform priorities of the Lebanese government.  As you know, staff had a couple of visits in the last few weeks, and we will keep our active engagement with the Lebanese authorities.

    On Syria.  Of course, Syria has been absent for the last 15 years due to the war, and their engagement with the institution has been fairly limited since 2011.  The last Article IV consultation with Syria took place in 2009.  The international community and the regional community has been actively engaged in order to see how we could help Syria recover from a long period of war. 

    We had a preparatory meeting preparatory meeting in AlUla back in February where regional institutions and the international community have agreed to have another follow-up coordination meeting that took place last Tuesday where representatives from international institutions, bilaterals, have convened in order to assess the needs of Syria and also to develop a framework of coordination.  The Fund is engaged to support the international community in its engagement with Syria.  We have already started our assessment of the macroeconomic situation, the institutional capacity, and we look forward to continue our engagement with the Syrian authorities. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Then you have one more question on Jordan.

    MR. AZOUR: Yes, Jordan. In Arabic?  Okay.  Jordan is one of the countries that have been affected by the tariffs, but this is still limited because of the kind of exports or the relationship between Jordan and the United States.  And Jordan managed to overcome, in the recent years, to overcome several shocks, including shocks related to the variability and volatility and the effect of the Gaza issues on the economy of Jordan.  And the latest reviews emphasized the need for Jordan to keep stability and also, despite the external shocks, to take the needed measures in order to improve the macroeconomic situation and to reinforce the economy.  And there has been discussions about supporting Jordan through a new mechanism, the Resilience and Sustainability Facility, in order to help Jordan in the measures that would help it improve adaptation with the climate change and other shocks and other pandemics.  There is actually progress in this regard.  And there will be a review next month by the Executive Board of the Fund about Jordan. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: We’ll turn to Dania, who’s on Webex online. Dania, please go ahead. 

    QUESTIONER: Hello, can you hear me? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Yes, you can hear you.

    QUESTIONER: Hi.  Hello Dr. Jihad, I just have a follow-up question on the break-even oil prices for the Gulf.  In the October report, countries like Saudi Arabia had a very high break-even price of around 90.  I think it was the second biggest highest in the GCC after Bahrain.  I just wanted to see, this figure is likely to increase given the high expenditures, the lower oil prices.  How will the lower oil prices — you mentioned about the impact on GDP, but the prices, I think, since the beginning of the year have dropped by more than $10.00.  So, the impact has it been considered in the Regional Economic Report?  And especially because I don’t know the report, did it include the impact of the tariffs and the impact of the increase in OPEC production from May, which is accelerated?  And just one clarification, with regards to Saudi break-even, some analysts include the expenditure of the Public Investment Fund.  Is that part of the IMF estimates for the break-even?  What’s included in the break-even?  Thank you very much. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. Any additional questions on GCC? Okay, let’s take the gentleman in the middle. 

    QUESTIONER: Hello Mr. Azour, Madame Al Shami, thank you for the opportunity.  Philippe Hage Boutros from L’Orient-Le Jour, Lebanon.  How does the IMF assess the potential impact of declining oil revenues stemming from a possible drop in prices amid the tariff crisis on the capacity and willingness of the Gulf countries to fund international aid, particularly for countries like Lebanon and Syria that urgently need reconstruction financing?  Does it anticipate a significant or relatively limited effect?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. And we had one more question on Saudi that we received online. In light of the global trade repercussions, what is the effect on the Saudi market, especially on inflation and growth?  This question comes from Mohammed Al Sulami from Al Akhbariyah in Saudi Arabia. 

    MR. AZOUR: Let me start with Dania’s question. Dania, let me start by saying that over the last few years from a fiscal perspective, Saudi has made a significant improvement through various reforms in order to diversify revenues outside oil and also reduce certain expenditures, including on the subsidy side. And this effort to diversify revenues has led to an increase of non-oil revenues in the GDP for Saudi.  Of course, the last couple of years have been beneficial in terms of providing Saudi and other GCC countries with surplus in the fiscal as well as also in the current account, which have led to increase in buffers.  Of course, still the oil sector represent an important source of revenue and it’s still also an important source of foreign currencies. 

    Coming to the fiscal strategy, Saudi has established a medium-term fiscal framework that anchors policies and also help them deal with the volatility in oil price and become less pro cyclicals.  Of course, the increase in oil price, sorry, the decline in oil price will have impact on the fiscal and will lead to a potential additional drop in fiscal situation. 

    As I mentioned earlier, a decline of $10.00 per barrel or a decline of $1 million of production will have an impact on the fiscal between 2 to 3 percent.  The decline in oil price is accompanied with a recovery in oil production and Saudi was one of the largest, I would say, contributor to the voluntary drop in oil export. 

    When it comes to the link between fiscal and the investment strategy, the investment strategy has been also put in the medium-term framework in the context of the Vision 2030 and regularly there are updates, recalibration and also phasing, based on the capacity to implement and the priorities.

    In our projections, although developments were taking place almost at the time when we were releasing our outlook, we took into consideration the new assumptions on the oil price for this year as well as also on the growth projections. 

    The second question related to Saudi.  The impact of the latest developments on the Saudi economy.  Undoubtedly, the trade relations regarding the non-oil sector is limited with the United States and therefore the impact will also be limited on trade related to tariffs, especially as oil and gas are exempt from the increase in tariffs.  But there will be an indirect impact, as we’ve said.  Saudi Arabia also has a dollarized economy, whether on the side of exports or imports, and therefore the impact will be limited. 

    On the other hand, the reduction or the depreciation of the dollar will affect services, especially tourism.  And this is a sector that Saudi Arabia is trying to develop by establishing new expansion for tourism in Saudi Arabia.

    The other related question on support to the reconstruction in the region.  Let me first say two things.  One, ODA has declined over the last few years, and more recently with the decisions to stop some of the international assistance by USAID and others.  This will have an important impact, especially on countries in fragility who depend heavily on aid.  Countries like Somalia, Sudan, countries like Yemen.  And this represents a risk not only on the fiscal side, but also on the humanitarian side on food security.  This is the first point. 

    The second point is the region is, we’re talking here about the Levant, is going through an important prospect of post-conflict recovery.  Lebanon, Syria, Palestine, and hopefully, Yemen, and Sudan.  This would require strong international and financial assistance.  Of course, this also would require to accelerate certain number of reforms that will allow the private sector to provide financing.  Those countries have strong diasporas, and the recovery could also be co-led by international assistance, also by private sector support.  And some of the reforms, be it in Lebanon or in Syria, are very important to regain confidence and will allow private sector to play its key role in recovering those economies. 

    The region has been very supportive.  And when we look at the official assistance and the interest that is being shown by several countries in the region, be it in the recent meeting that took place in Saudi Arabia, in Al Ula, where ministers of finance from the GCC and regional institutions convened in order to explore opportunities to provide more assistance to those countries. 

    Again, I think it’s very important also to highlight that assistance has to accompany reform programs that will lay the ground to strong institutions will provide confidence for both citizens and also international, private and public community, in order to accelerate the recovery. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you, Jihad. We’ll take one more round of questions.  The lady on the second row here, please. 

    QUESTIONER:  Hello, I’m Mariam Ali from Dawn News Pakistan.  My question is how will the global tariff war uniquely impact Pakistan?  Any need of buffers in place to mitigate risks to the country?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. Let’s take maybe one more question. The gentleman here sitting in the front. 

    QUESTIONER: Thank you, , Director Azour.  My question is on Yemen.  Igor Naimushin, RIA News Agency, D.C. Bureau.  So, last week U.S. struck Ras Isa fuel part in Yemen.  I would like to ask you to outline what repercussions this strike will have on energy security and economic situation in Yemen and broadly in region?  And if you could, provide any details how the IMF — what is the IMF view on longer-term risks for the region as U.S. operation on Yemen continues to unfold?  Thank you. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. We’ll take one more question from the gentleman here in the –.

    QUESTIONER: Hi, my name is Magnus Sherman.  I wanted to return to Lebanon.  The new Prime Minister has pledged to not touch the hard currency deposits.  Does the IMF support that position? 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you. And we have an online question from Camille Faris Abu Rafael. How can low- and middle-income countries in MENA balance urgent social needs with long-term fiscal sustainability amid rising debt and global uncertainty and persistently high interest rates?  We’ll take these questions, and we’ll take another round.  Thank you. 

    MR. AZOUR: On Pakistan. Pakistan made significant progress in restoring macroeconomic stability over the last 18 months and the numbers are, for Pakistan, are showing improvement both in terms of growth as well as also in inflation that dropped from 12.6 percent last year in 2024 fiscal year to 6.5 percent this year, expected to stay at this level for next year.  Debt is also stabilizing in the case of Pakistan, and recently Pakistan has been upgraded by rating agencies. 

    Of course, trade tensions will affect relatively Pakistan maybe more than the average in the region.  But I would say the impact on Pakistan directly can be offset by other measures that would allow the Pakistani economy to reposition itself in a world that is in the midst of one of the largest transformation in terms of trade, economic opportunities, and to reposition itself in order to address any risks, but also to potentially benefit from change in the trade routes. 

    The question on Yemen the situation on Yemen is extremely preoccupying at the humanitarian level, both in terms of food security as well as also in terms of human suffering.  And this situation has been inflicting heavy toll on the Yemeni people for a long period of time.  Of course, broadly speaking, instability has been one of the main issues that the region is dealing with.  Instability is one of the key sources of uncertainty for the region.  Addressing this instability is key in providing security for people to improve their living conditions, providing stability for the trade routes, and also provide opportunities for people to rebuild and reconstruct.  The Fund is engaged to (A) keep a very strong contacts with Yemen, provide technical assistance at a time where we cannot provide because of the security situation, financial assistance.  Therefore, we are actively supporting through technical assistance.  And we are also in regular engagement with the authorities. 

    Our next plan is to reengage through Article IV in order to assess the economic situation in Yemen, help the internationally recognized government assess the overall debt situation and the debt liabilities in order, later on, to help Yemen deal with the debt situation, and provide right assessment for the donor community to provide assistance. 

    Political stabilization security is very important to preserve human and social conditions, and the Fund stands ready to help Yemen as well as also other countries facing fragility and conflicts in the region.  And this is something that we are increasing our resources to provide support to those countries. 

    Lebanon.  Lebanon problems are complex in terms of how to address the overall financial challenge.  The solution has to deal through a comprehensive approach with all the financial issues that Lebanon is facing.  A piecemeal approach is not what Lebanon needs today.  A reform package that restores confidence, addresses the legacy of the past, provides opportunities for the economy to recover, by also promoting the capacity of the financial system to finance the recovery, mobilize international assistance to help Lebanon dealing with the reconstruction needs, and also support the reforms are priorities that our team is currently discussing with the Lebanese authorities. 

    The question related to balancing short-term and medium-term.  I think it’s a very important question.  We live currently in a world of high uncertainty and in our outlook this spring we have — and I would encourage you to read it,  it’s very interesting piece — we have tried to assess the impact of uncertainty on the region and the uncertainty is of multiple layers.  A global uncertainty, regional, geopolitical and conflict situation, but also internal or local uncertainties.  Those are important issues for countries to address. 

    In very brief, countries need to in the short term to preserve stability and that would require to increase their buffers.  And for those who have limited buffers to accelerate fiscal consolidations to reduce the risk, address some of their financing issues, especially countries who have high level of debt and for those who have buffers, preserve those and use them when they need.  But I think what is really important, especially given the lasting negative impact of uncertainties on countries, is to address the medium-term issues.  And addressing the medium-term issues will help unlock growth, accelerating structural reforms, improving economic conditions, provide stronger social protection framework by moving from untargeted subsidies to something that is more meaningful in terms of social support would be extremely beneficial for countries in the region. 

    MS. AL SHAMI: Thank you very much, Jihad and I’m afraid we have run out of time. Thank you all for participating with us today and as always, we will be posting the transcript online.  But just a reminder that we will be launching our report next week on May 1 so stay tuned for that.  And as Jihad mentioned, please join us tomorrow at 2:30 for the seminar on how countries can navigate uncertainties.  Jihad, any last words? 

    MR. AZOUR: Only to say thank you. And thanks to our friends here, the journalists. We look forward to provide you with more details in Dubai next week with all the details, as well as also country-specific information on our Regional Economic Outlook.  And two days after that, in Samarkand, in Uzbekistan, on the outlook for Caucasus and Central Asia.  Thank you very much. 

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Angham Al Shami

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/04/24/tr-04242025-mcd-press-briefing-sms-2025

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI Russia: Joint Statement by Saudi Finance Minister, IMF Managing Director, and World Bank Group President on Syria

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    April 24, 2025

    Washington, DC: Mohammed AlJadaan, Finance Minister of Saudi Arabia; Kristalina Georgieva, Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund (IMF); and Ajay Banga, President of the World Bank Group (WBG) issued the following statement:

    “On the sidelines of the 2025WBG/IMF Spring Meetings in Washington, we co-hosted a high-level roundtable for Syria, bringing together the Syrian authorities, finance ministers and key stakeholders from multilateral and regional financial institutions, as well as economic and development partners.

    “Building on earlier discussions –including at the Paris Conference on Syria (February 13), the Al Ula roundtable on February 16 (See Press Release), and Brussels IX conference (March 17)— this event provided a platform for the Syrian authorities to present their ongoing efforts to stabilize and rebuild their country, reduce poverty, and achieve long-term economic development.

    “There was broad recognition of the urgent challenges facing the Syrian economy and a collective commitment to support the authorities’ efforts for recovery and development. Priority will be given to efforts to meet the critical needs of the Syrian people, institutional rebuilding, capacity development, policy reforms, and the development of a national economic recovery strategy. The IMF and WBG were called upon to play a key role in providing support in line with their mandates and reflecting shareholders’ support, in close coordination with multilateral and bilateral partners.

    “We welcome the efforts to help Syria reintegrate with the international community and unlock access to resources, to support the authorities’ policy efforts, address early recovery and reconstruction needs, and promote private sector development and job creation. We also support the Syrian authorities’ efforts to strengthen governance and increase transparency as they build effective institutions that deliver for the people of Syria.

    “We extend our gratitude to all participants for their valuable contributions and commitment to support efforts by the Syrian authorities to rebuild Syria and improve the lives of the Syrian people. We look forward to reconvening, by the Annual Meetings of the IMF and WBG in October 2025, to monitor the progress achieved and harmonize global efforts in advancing Syria’s economic-recovery and prosperity.”

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Wafa Amr

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    @IMFSpokesperson

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/04/24/pr25120-syria-joint-statement-by-saudi-finance-minister-imf-md-wbg-president

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News –

    April 25, 2025
  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Public invited to line Mall for VE Day 80 procession and fly past

    Source: United Kingdom – Government Statements

    Press release

    Public invited to line Mall for VE Day 80 procession and fly past

    Members of the public are able to watch the VE Day 80 military procession taking place on Monday 5 May

    • More than 1,300 members of the Armed Forces, uniformed services and young people will march from Parliament Square to Buckingham Palace
    • Procession on Bank Holiday Monday begins with a performance of a Churchill speech and finishes with a flypast including the world-famous Red Arrows
    • Public encouraged to host a street party as part of the Great British Food Festival

    Commemorations to mark 80 years since the end of the Second World War in Europe, known as Victory in Europe (VE) Day, will kick off on Monday 5 May with a military procession featuring 1,300 members of the Armed Forces and thousands of members of the public watching along the Mall.

    The events will pay tribute to the millions of people across the UK and Commonwealth who served in the Second World War, telling the stories of those who fought, the children who were evacuated, and those who stepped into the essential roles on the Home Front.

    The procession will begin in Parliament Square when Big Ben strikes midday, and an actor will recite extracts from the iconic Winston Churchill VE Day speech. A young person will then pass the Commonwealth War Graves Torch for Peace to Alan Kennett, 100, a Second World War veteran who served in the Normandy campaign. The Torch for Peace is an enduring symbol, honouring the contributions made by individuals, which will act as a baton to pass and share stories to future generations.

    The Household Cavalry Mounted Regiment and The King’s Troop, Royal Horse Artillery will then lead the procession from Parliament Square, down Whitehall and past the Cenotaph which will be dressed in Union Flags, through Admiralty Arch and up The Mall through to Buckingham Palace where the procession will finish.

    They will be followed by a tri-service procession group featuring marching members of the Royal Navy, the Royal Marines, the British Army and the Royal Air Force. Cadets from all three services and other uniformed youth groups will also take part in the procession to ensure the message of VE Day is handed down to a new generation.

    The Prime Minister and Second World War veterans supported by the Royal British Legion will watch the procession from a specially built dais on the Queen Victoria Memorial.

    The procession will conclude with the Mall being filled with members of the public and a fly past featuring the Red Arrows and 23 current and historic military aircraft.

    VE Day 80 street parties, picnics and community get togethers are being encouraged to take place across the country as part of the Great British Food Festival, led by the Together Coalition and the Big Lunch in partnership with the Department for Culture, Media and Sport.

    Culture Secretary Lisa Nandy said:

    VE Day 80 is a chance for us to come together and celebrate our veterans and ensure their legacy of peace is passed on to future generations. Whether by watching on TV or having a street party with neighbours, everyone can take part. This is one of the last chances we have to say thank you to this generation of heroes and it is right that we do just that.

    Defence Secretary John Healey MP said:

    As we mark 80 years since the end of the Second World War in Europe, I look forward to joining our veterans, serving Armed Forces personnel and young people to remember the remarkable generation who defended the freedoms we enjoy today.

    Our whole nation is invited to join together to reflect on the sacrifices of all those who fought for peace and ensure their legacy is never forgotten.

    Alan Kennett, who travelled to Normandy with the Royal British Legion for D-Day 80, said:

    It is a huge honour to be part of the military procession to start the VE80 commemorations. I remember Battle of Britain pilot Johnnie Johnson bursting in and shouting ‘the war is over’. A big party soon followed, filled with lots of drinking and celebrating the news. The 80th anniversary of VE Day brings back so many memories, and it will be such a privilege to be there with everyone.

    Mark Atkinson, Director General of the Royal British Legion, said:

    The 80th anniversary of VE Day is a special moment for the country and the Royal British Legion is incredibly proud to put Second World War veterans at the heart of the commemorations. It’s important we remember those who went to war, who fought for the freedom of not just Europe but everywhere, and those who risked their lives and never made it back.

    Brendan Cox, co-Founder of the Together Coalition, said:

    VE Day 80 is a moment to celebrate our shared victory and remember the sacrifices it took. Whether it’s hosting a street party, sharing a meal, or writing a message of thanks to a veteran, this is a unique opportunity to thank those who served and to celebrate the values that hold us together. We’re proud to be supporting communities across the UK to mark this occasion in ways that are meaningful, joyful and inclusive. Most importantly, this is a moment for everyone to take part – regardless of background, age or postcode.

    The procession and flypast will be broadcast live on Monday 5 May. On Thursday 8 May, 80 years to the day since the end of the Second World War in Europe, a service will take place at Westminster Abbey followed by a concert in the evening on Horse Guards Parade in which stars of stage and screen will tell the story of the end of the war.

    Armed Forces of Commonwealth nations have been invited to join the procession to celebrate the contribution of people from throughout the Commonwealth to the allied effort during the Second World War. They will be led by The Band of the Irish Guards on parade.

    Military musicians on parade include The Band of the Household Cavalry Mounted Regiment, The Band of HM Royal Marines and a military band from the Royal Corps of Army Music.

    The flypast will include a Voyager transport aircraft, a P8 Poseidon surveillance aircraft, Typhoon and F-35 fighter jets  and will culminate with the iconic red, white, and blue smoke of the Royal Air Force’s Red Arrows.

    Historic Second World War-era aircraft from the Royal Air Force Battle of Britain Memorial Flight will also take part in the flypast.

    ENDS

    Notes to editors:

    Flypast details:

    • P8 Poseidon maritime reconnaissance aircraft has recently flown over the North Sea and North Atlantic to monitor Russian vessels near UK waters.
    • The UK’s fleet of Voyager aircraft has been extensively involved in our support to Ukraine, delivering tonnes of equipment to the Armed Forces of Ukraine and flying thousands of Ukrainian recruits to the UK for military training.
    • Typhoon fast jets are on standby 365 24/7 to protect UK airspace and frequently deploy overseas to help protect our allies from airborne threats as part of NATO Air Policing. Typhoons are currently deployed to Poland.
    • The F-35 Lightning is a fifth-generation fighter jet which deploy on board the Royal Navy’s aircraft carriers – HMS Prince of Wales set sail earlier this week on its eight-month deployment to the Indo-Pacific.

    Members of the public can find street parties and events near them on the governments VE Day 80 website at www.ve-vjday80.gov.uk

    The Royal British Legion has been given funding by DCMS to support veteran attendance at government led events in the UK to mark VE Day 80. This includes travel costs and welfare support.

    Read guidance for the public wishing to attend the procession in London

    As announced last week by the Prime Minister, pubs will be able to stay open an additional two hours on Thursday May 8 to celebrate. More information

    Share this page

    The following links open in a new tab

    • Share on Facebook (opens in new tab)
    • Share on Twitter (opens in new tab)

    Updates to this page

    Published 25 April 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom –

    April 25, 2025
←Previous Page
1 … 206 207 208 209 210 … 457
Next Page→
NewzIntel.com

NewzIntel.com

MIL Open Source Intelligence

  • Blog
  • About
  • FAQs
  • Authors
  • Events
  • Shop
  • Patterns
  • Themes

Twenty Twenty-Five

Designed with WordPress